ĐỀ SỐ 1

A. GRAMMAR - VOCABUALRY & LANGUAGE FUNCTION

I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (2,0 pts)
1. If you get up early, you_________ late.
A. weren't B. wouldn't be C. aren't D. won't be
2. That scientist never went to the party, _________?
A. did he B. did they C. didn’t he D. does he
3. People in Israel are going to celebrate their festival________ is called Passover.
A. whom B. who C. which D. where
4. Honda motorbikes________in Viet Nam.
A. produce B. will produce C. are produced D. produced
5. Because plastic bags are very hard to ….. , they will cause pollution.
A. dissolve B. wrap (bọc, gói) C. tear (xé/nước mắt) D. collect
6. My brother waited for her from (to/till/unitl) 1 p.m. _________ 9 p.m.
A. till B. between C. at D. in
7. Did Peter use to __________ swimming every Friday when he was a student?
A. went B. goes C. going D. go
8. The workers ______ in that company for five years.
A. has worked B. have worked C. worked D. are working
9. Lan is very tired. ________, she has to finish her work before going to bed.
A. However B. Although C. So D. Therefore
10. The ________ of the volcano was a terrible disaster.
A. movement B. cyclone C. eruption D. shift
11._____ it was so cold, he went out without the coat.
A. If B. Although C. Since D. However
12. Ann suggested_____ at home at Christmas for a change.
A. stay B. to stay C. staying D. stayed
13. _____ the stove when you have finished cooking
A. Put off = delay : trì hoãn
B. Put out : Dập tắt
C. Put on
D. Put up with: chịu đựng
14. Coal _____ very widely as a source of energy until the 19th century.
A. not used B. did not use C. not using D. was not used
15. Doctors _____ a cure to AIDS yet (đứng cuối câu nghi vấn hoặc phủ định trong HTHT)
A. have found B. found C. haven't found D. hasn't found
16. Nobody(Khi đứng trong mệnh đề được chia theo số ít nhưng đại từ thay thế cho nó là they) is
interested in that film so much, _________?
A. are they C. aren’t they C. is it D. isn’t it
Các đại từ bất định chỉ người như : nobody, no one, somebody, some one, everybody, everone có đại
từ thay thế là THEY
17. His father always drives ______________, so he has never had any accidents.
A. careful B. carefully C. carelessly D.careness
18. Jean cloth_________from cotton in the 18th century.
A. made B. is made C. was made D.makes
19. He suggested_________ a taxi to be sure of getting there on time.
A. to take B. take C. taking D.to taking
20. Minh asked me what he_________do.
1
 A. had to B. will C. can D. must
II. Choose the underlined part (marked A, B, C or D) that needs correction.
21. It was important that we should be on time at the meeting tonight. => Lời nhắn nhủ về một việc sắp
xảy ra => Không thể dùng QKĐ
A-> is B C D
22. Nam is tallest student in his class.
A B -> the tallest C D
23. People who exercise frequently have greater physical endurance than those who doesn’t.
A B C D-> don’t
24. It was such a terrible fire that the whole building were destroyed.
A B C D-> was
25. They suggested ban the sale of alcohol at football matches.
A B->banning C D
Ban + O/Ving : Cấm cái gì hoặc việc gì
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best answer (1,0pt)
26 .A: Would you like to have lunch with us? B: _________________.
A. Yes, I would B. No, I wouldn’t like C. Yes, I’d love to D. Yes, I wouldn’t
27. You can’t possibly do it for later this afternoon, can you?
A. I’m sorry. It is impossible to finish the job.
B. If you want me to do it later.
C. No, sorry. Tomorrow morning is the earliest we can manage.
D. Yes, I can.
28. Luyen: Why don’t we go for a picnic this weekend?
Thang: _________________________.
A. What do you suggest? B. Yes, please C. That’s a good idea D. Go ahead
29. Minh: Congratulations on your passing the examination.
Viet: _________________.
A. You’re welcome B. That’s very kind of you C. No, thanks D. Yes ,please
30. ‘I passed the TOEFL test, Mom.’ ‘__________.’
a. Well done b. All right c. Good luck d. Thanks you

C. READING
I- Read the following passage and choose the best answers(1pt)
English is a very useful language. If we (1) know English, we can go to any countries we like.
We will not find it hard to make people understand (2) what we want to say. English also helps us to
learn all kinds of(3)subjects . Hundreds of books are (4)_written_in English everyday in (5) a lots of
countries. English has also helped to spread ideas and knowledge to all corners of the world. Therefore,
the English language has helped to spread better understanding and friendship among the countries of
the world.
II. Read the passage carefully then choose the correct answer A, B or C for each question below.
(1,0pt)
People in my city love good food and they often eat three meals a day- breakfast, lunch, and dinner.
At about six thirty in the morning, they usually have a light breakfast with a bowl of pho or eel soup
with some slices of toast. Sometimes, they have a bowl of instant noodles or a plate of xoi(sticky rice)
before going to work. Lunch often starts at about 11.30, and most of them have lunch at home. They
often have rice, fish, meat, and vegetables for lunch. Dinner often starts at about 7.00 in the evening. It

2
is the main meal of the day. People in my city often have rice with a lot fresh vegetables and a lot of
seafood or various kind of meat. I think food in my city is wonderful.
36.How many meals do people in Minh’s city often eat a day?
A. Two B. Three C. Four
37.What time do they usually have breakfast?
A. At 6.30 B. At 6.15 C. At 7.00
38.What do they have for lunch?
A.Rice, meat and vegetable B. Rice, fish and vegetable
C. Rice, fish, meat, and vegetables
39.What do they have for dinner?
A.The main meal B. Rice with a lot fresh vegetables and a lot of seafood or various kind of
meat
C. Rice with a lot fresh vegetables
40.What do you think about food in your city?
A. wonderful B. Sour C. Spicy
C. WRITING
I.Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (1,0 pt)
41. “I am taking my driving test tomorrow.” he said.
A. He said that he is taking my driving test the next day.
B. He said that he was taking my driving test tomorrow.
C. He said that he was taking my driving test the following day.
42. I bought the desk last year. The desk has been broken.
A. The desk I bought last year has been broken.
B. The desk has been broken which I bought last year.
C. The desk I bought it last year has been broken.
43. “Where will you go this Saturday, Nga?” the little boy asked.
A. The little boy asked Nga where she will go this Saturday.
B. The little boy asked Nga where she will go that Saturday.
C. The little boy asked Nga where she would go that Saturday.
44. They will build a hospital in this area.
A. A new hospital will be built in this area.
B, . A new hospital will be builded in this area.
C. A new hospital will be builded in this area.
45. She last ate this kind of food when she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
A. She hasn’t eaten this kind of food when she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
B. She hasn’t eaten this kind of food since she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
C. She hasn’t ate this kind of food since she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
II Choose the best answer from the suggested words(1,0 pt)
46.I/suggest/collect/some money. C.I suggest to collect some money
A. I suggest collect some money .
B.I suggest to collecting some money
D.I suggest collecting some money
47.Two days ago/I decide/do/my washing.
A. Two days ago I decided to do my washing.
B. Two days ago I decide to do my washing.
C. Two days ago I decide doing my washing.
D. Two days ago I decide to doing my washing.
48.I/look forward/receive/reply.
3
A. I look forward to receive your reply. C .I look forward receive your reply.
D.I look forward to receive your reply.
B. I look forward to receiving your reply.
49.If/ he/study/hard,/he/pass/exam .
A. If he study hard , he will pass the exam. C. If he studies hard , he will pass the exam.
B. If he study hard , he pass the exam.
D. If he study hard , he doesn’t pass the exam.
50.I/wish/you/visit/me/now.
A. I wish you visit me now C. I wish you visited me now.
B. I wish you will visit me now D. I wish you will visit me now.
__________ The end _____________

__________________________________the end____________________________________
ĐỀ SỐ 2
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR + LANGUAGE FUNCTION (60 pts)
I. Choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the sentences. (40 pts)
1.Ba wishes he________have a new bicycle.
A. may B. will C. can D. could
2. I'd love to play tennis with you ________ I have to do my homework now.
A. or B. but C. and D. because
3.This watch is a gift __________..was given to me by my brother.
A. When B. who C. which D. Whom
4. Duong suggested ____to the exhibition Viet Nam: Then and Now, and we all agreed.
A. to go B. going C. us to go D. us going
5.Children in large families learn how to get along with: có mối quan hệ tốt other people.
A. along B. away C. across D. through
6. If you come to England, you must get used ________ on the left.
A. driving B. to driving C. to drive D. driven
7. They haven’t seen each other ________ Christmas.
A. since B. for C. from D. at
8. Peter felt ________ because of his good result.
A. unhappy B. happiness C. happily D. happy
- Felt : Quá khứ của feel : động từ chỉ tri giác nên phải đứng trước một tính từ
9 Mr. Jones enjoys ____________ the Internet in his free time.
A. to surf B. surf C. surfing D. surf
10. I have waited for him for over half an hour but he hasn't turned up: xuất hiện yet
A. off B. turn down : từ chối C. over D.up
th
11.It _______ that Po Nagar Cham Towers were built in the 8 century.
A. considered B. was considered C. has considered D. considers
12. He asked me ________
A. what is my phone number B. what my phone number is
C. what was my phone number D. what my phone number was.
13. Life in Ho Chi Minh City is ________ than we thought at first.
A. far the busier B. the more busier
C. much more busy D. much busier
14. My family decided ......... to DaLat for summer vacation last year.
A- take B- took C- to take D- taken
15. Tung’s never seen Titanic, ________?
4
 A. has he B. hasn’t he C. is he D. isn’t he
16. They are going to spend their holiday _______ rural France.
A. relaxing B. exploring C. reserving D. searching
17. The children were acting _________ the story of the birth of Jesus.
A. out B. on C. down D. at
18. If you ________ your best, you will pass the exam.
A. will try B. try C. tried D. are trying
19. Mary is very tired. ________, she has to finish her work before going to bed.
A. So B. Although C. However D. Therefore
20. Mrs. Thomson asked her son where _______ the next day.
A will he go B. he will go C. he would go D. he would go
.

II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (10 pts)
21. This is the first time I tried this kind of cake.
A B C-> have tried D
22. My father asked us not to spending too much time playing computer games.
A B-> not to spend C D
23. These products are quite expensive. So, people still buy them.
A B C->However D
24. Mr Nam said that he would visit Singapore next year.
A B C D-> the next year
25. If you won’t study hard, you’ll fail the final exam.
A. wont-dont B C D
III. Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges
(10 pts)
26. Amelia: “Would you like some orange juice, Mary?” - Mary: “________”
A. Yes, please. B. I’m very thirsty. C. Yes, I would. D. Yes, I do.
27. Jean: “May I speak to the manager, please?” - Helen: “________.”
A. well done B. Yes, I’d love to C. Certainly D. May not
28. – “Don’t make any mistakes!” – “___________”
A. give it to me B. Sure, I will C. Don’t mention it D. Do it yourself
29. – “How about driving to the countryside this Sunday?” – “______”
A. That's a good idea. B. That's my pleasure.
C. Yes, I am driving. D. Never mind.
30 “Can I try your new camera?” – “__________”
A. I’m sorry, I can’t. Let’s go now B. I’m sorry. I’m home late
C. Sure. I’d love to. Sure D. But please be careful with it.
B. READING (20 pts)
I. Read the text carefully, and then choose the most suitable answers (A, B, C or D) (10 pts)
Living in a city has a number of drawbacks. Firstly, there is the problem of traffic
(31)....................and traffic accidents. The increase in population and the increasing number of
vehicles have (32)_ ........... many accidents to happen every day. Secondly, air pollution (33)
.....................affects people’s health, and is also has a bad (34) ......................on the environment.
More and more city dwellers suffer from coughing or breathing problems. Thirdly, the city is noisy,
even at night. Noise pollution comes from the traffic and from construction sites. Buildings are
always being knocked down and rebuilt. These factors contribute to making city life
(35)....................difficult for its residents.
5
 31. A. calm B. jams C. light D. legacy
32. A. caused B. made C. done D. got
33 A. actively B. negatively C. positively D. weakly
34. A. pressure B. consequence C. influence D. result
35. A. mostly B. very C. much D. more
Have influence on : có ảnh hưởng đến
II. Read the passage. Choose the option A, B or C that best fits each gap. (10 pts)
Why did English become the international language? In the middle of the nineteenth century, French
was the international language. Then British became very powerful: quyền lực, uy quyền in the world.
England started colonies: thuộc địa hóa in North America and India in the seventeenth century. By
1900, England also had colonies in other parts of Asia, Africa: châu Phi and South Pacific: Thái Bình
Dương. The people in the colonies had to use English. Slowly it became more important than French
internationally. After the Second World War, the United States became very powerful, and even more
people began to learn English.
English is the native or official language on one-fifth of the land areas of the world. It is spoken in
North America, Great Britain, Australia and New Zealand. In South Africa and India, it is one of the
official languages.
More people study English than any other languages. In many countries, the textbooks in universities
are in English. Many university classes are taught in English even though the native language is not
English.
English is the language of international communication. It is the language of international business,
research and science. More than three-fourth of the world's mail is written in English. More than three-
fifth of the world's radio stations use English. Most other languages have borrowed many English
words.
36. Which language was the international language in the middle of the nineteenth century?
A. English B. French C. Chinese D. Japanese
37. Since when has English been spoken in Asia, Africa and South Pacific?
A. the nineteenth century B. 1900 C. the Second World War D. 1800
38. Where is English used as the native language?
A. New Zealand B. India C. South Africa D. North America
39. In which language are many university classes in Malaysia is taught?
A Japanese B. French C. Chinese D. English
40. How many percentage of the world's letters are written in English?
A. More than 50 percent B. More than 60 percent.
C. More than 75 percent D. B. More than 80 percent.
C. WRITING (20 pts)
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (10 pts)
41. Although he took a taxi, Bill still arrived late for the concert.
A. Bill arrived late for the concert because he takes a taxi.
B. Bill arrived late for the concert because of the taxi.
C. In spite of taking a taxi, Bill arrived late for the concert.
D. Although Bill took a taxi he can’t come to the concert on time.
42. I wanted to see the man. He owned the restaurant.
A. I wanted to see the man, who owned the restaurant.
B. I wanted to see the man who owned the restaurant.
C. I wanted to see the man, whom owned the restaurant.
D. I wanted to see the man whom owned the restaurant.
43. "Why didn 't you follow my advice?" he said.
6
 A. He asked me to follow his advice.
B. He asked me not to follow his advice.
C. He asked me why I did follow his advice.
D. He asked me why I hadn't followed his advice.
44. My classmate gave this book to me yesterday.
A. My classmate was given this book by me yesterday.
B. This book was given to me by my classmate yesterday.
C. This book was given my classmate by me yesterday.
D. This book was given to my classmate by me yesterday.
45. I started working here in 2000.
A. I have worked here since 2000.
B. I haven't worked here since 2000.
C. I have started work here since 2000.
D. I have started working here since 2000.
II. Choose the best sentence written from the cues given (10 pts)
46. If/ he/study/hard,/he/pass/exam .
A. If he study hard , he will pass the exam. C. If he studies hard , he will pass the exam.
B. If he study hard , he pass the exam. D. If he study hard , he doesn’t pass the exam.
47.I/wish/my penpal /visit /me/ someday.
A. I wish my penpal visit me someday B. I wish my penpal will visit me someday.
C. I wish my penpal visited me someday D. I wish my penpal would visit me someday.
48 / new bridge/ have just/ built/ this area.
A. A new bridge has just been built in this area.
B. A new bridge have just been built in this area.
C. A new bridge has built in this area.
D. A new bridge has been just built this area.
49. Although Mr. Thomson / old, he / run/ 5 miles every morning
A. Although Mr. Thomson was old, he runs 5 miles every morning
B. Although Mr. Thomson is old, he runs 5 miles every morning
C. Although Mr. Thomson is old, he run 5 miles every morning.
D. Although Mr. Thomson is old, he ran 5 miles every morning
50.After / fight/ the fire / 12 hours, the firemen succeeded/ putting it out.
A. After fighting the fire for 12 hours, the firemen succeeded in putting it out.
B. After fight the fire for12 hours, the firemen succeeded in putting it out.
C. After fight the fire for 12 hours, the firemen succeeded on putting it out.
D. After fighting the fire for 12 hours, the firemen succeeded at putting it out.
__________ The end _____________

ĐỀ SỐ 3
I. MULTIPLE CHOICE: ( 8 points)
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions from 1 to 20.
Question 1: ___________ I was talking to my teacher, my friends were waiting outside the classroom.
A. In order that B. While C. Although D. So that
Question 2: He rarely goes fishing, _______________?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn’t he
7
Question 3. The hotel is beautifully(trạng từ) => theo sau là động từ located _____ in a quiet spot near
the river.
A. B. situating C. lying D. stayed
Question 4. The light went out while I............ dinner.
A. am having B. was having C. had D. have had
Question 5: _____ you water the tree, it will die.
A. If B. Because C. Unless D. But
Question 6: The guidelines in this book can help you become a _________ speaker.
A. confide B. confident C. confidence D. self-confidence
Question 7: This carpet really needs+V-ing: cần được làm gì_______. Can you do it for me, son?
A. being cleaned B. Both C and D C. to be cleaned D. cleaning
Need + to V : cần làm gì (chủ động)
Needn’t + V(inf): không cần làm gì
Need + V(ing) = Need to be V(3): cần được làm gì (bị động)
Question 8: If we go to the Brisbane Institute of English in Australia, we can practice speaking English
with ______ speakers.
A. nation B. national C. native D. natively
Question 9: My friend, _____father is a teacher, is very good at English.
A. whom B. which C. who D. whose
Question 10: The hotel is beautifully _____ in a quiet spot near the river.
A. located B. situating C. lying D. stayed
Question 11: If I were in your_____, I’d take it easy and try to forget it.
A. shoe B. shoes C. sandal D. sandals
Question 12: . The hotel where we are __________ is quite luxurious.
A. living B. existing C. remaining D. staying
Question 13: You can learn a lot about the local __________ by talking to local people.
A. territory:lãnh thổ B. area C. land D. nation
Question 14 .I suggest_______ some money for poor children.
A. to raise B. raising C. raised D. raise
Question 15. _____ they moved to the city five year ago, they still remember living in a small town.
A. As B. Because C. Even though D. Despite
Question 16. The police are now looking for two young man______ were seen running out of the store.
A. which B. they C. whom D. who
Question 17. We can’t depend…………..., he is a unreliable person.
A. To B. on C. of D. with
Question 18. My teacher would rather I......the problem by myself.
A. solve B. solved C. solving D. to solve
Would rather + S + (not) + Ved.2 : mong muốn ai làm gì
Question 19. They have......a branch of their business in our town.
A. put up B. put in C. set up D. set in
Question 20.Why don’t you have your car......?
A. wash B. washed C. to wash D. washing
Mark the letter A,B,C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to each of
the following exchanges from 21 to 25.
Question 21: “That’s a beautiful dress you are wearing!” - “___________________”
A. Can I have it? B. It’s in the wash C. I’m glad you like it D. Oh, no, not really
Question 22: "Mum. I’ve got 600 on the TOEFL test" - "___________________"
8
A. Good way! B. You are right. C. Oh, hard luck! D. Good job!
Question 23 . - Uncle Tom: “ Remember to give my best regards to your parents, Bob.”
- Bob: “ ”
A. That’s very kind of you to say so. B. That was at least I could do.
C. Sure, I will. D. Yes, let’s.
Question 24. Liz is asking Andrew about the seat.
Liz: " Do you mind if I sit here? " Andrew: "Not at all._________ "
A. Be my guest: Cứ tự nhiên. B. I’d be glad to.
C. Fire away, I’m all ears. D. Now you’re taking.
Question 25: “ Would you mind lending me your bike?" : “…………………”
A. Yes, let’s. B. Yes. Here it is. C. Not at all. D. Great

Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correcting in each of the following questions from 26 to 30.
Question 26: The water and land around the chemical factory are seriousLY polluted.
A B C D
Question 27: Hoang has felt much:nhấn mạnh(a bit/a little : một chút) better when he took the pill.
A B C->since D
Question 28: Thanks to television, people can enjoy interested-ing programs in an inexpensive and
A B C
convenient way.
D
Question 29. I used to having-to have a good time with my grandparents when I was a child.
A B C D
Question 30. Don’t put too much garlic in the salad; two bunches are enough.
A B C D
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word/phrase that best fits each of the numbered blank from 31 to 35.
Sociologists have been carrying out research into the social pressures of being a teenager. Many
adolescents:thanh thiếu niên=teen are unhappy at school because they find it difficult to (31)make
friends. This stress can bring on: dẫn đến, gây ra illness or result in poor grades. They may also worry
about their appearance and often feel (32)______ enormous pressure to dress, talk and behave the same
as (33)_____. This phenomenon is called peer pressure, and it is very common in today’s society.
Advertising contributes a lot to the social pressures teenagers feel. Advertisers know how important it
is to feel that you belong to a group when you are in your teens, so they try to persuade teenagers that
certain products will make them (34)______ with their classmates. Sadly, many teenagers act
irresponsibly and even do dangerous things just to make others accept them. Peer pressure is often the
reason for teenage smoking, drug (35)______ or dangerous driving. Teenagers need to learn to say “no”
to social pressure and to find friends who they can talk things over with when they have a problem.
31. A. keep B. create C. remain D. make
32. A. in B. under C. over D. below
33. A. another B. the other C. others D. other
Others: dùng để thay thế cho 1 danh từ số nhiều đã được nhắc tới ở phần trước
Another : Thay thế hoặc đứng trước 1 danh từ đếm được số ít
Other: Đứng trước hoặc thay thế cho 1 danh từ
34. A. common B. popular C. open D. favorite
35. A. overdose C. addicted D. overuse

9
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 36 to 40.
Not so long ago, people only used the telephone to make phone calls. Now, thanks to computers,
people use their phones to do much more. They can bank by phone, rent videos by phone, and even
shop by phone. It is also possible to send letters and reports by faxing them over telephone lines. People
can even use their phone lines to send messages from one computer to another computer by electric
mail, or e-mail.
But you don’t need to be at home or at the office to use the phone anymore. You can carry a cellular
phone in your pocket or keep one in your car. With a cellular phone, anyone who can talk and walk can
also phone and walk. You don’t have to look for a pay phone to make a call anymore. Now you can
take your calls with you everywhere.
36. The main topic of the passage is______
A. the use of a telephone in the past. B. the use of a cellular phone
C. the convenience of a cellular phone D. current use of telephones
37. People didn’t use to______
A. make phone calls only at home B. make phone calls only in the office
C. make only phone calls with the telephone D. shop by phone
38. What are advantages of having a cellular phone?
A. You can carry a cellular phone in your pocket. B. You can keep it in your car.
C. With a cellular phone, you can phone and walk. D. All A, B and C
39. With a cellular phone, you can ______
A. only carry it in your pockets B. only keep it in your car
C. make a phone call everywhere you want D. phone and walk
40. The word “pay phone” means______
A. the phone pays you B. you can phone free of charge
C. you pay for the call D. you don’t pay for the call
II. WRITING: (2.0 points)
Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the
given words the following questions from 41 to 45.
41. We couldn’t drive because of the fog.
A.The fog prevented us from driving. B.The fog prevented us from drive.
C.The fog prevented us to driving. D.The fog prevent us from driving.
42. Although his leg was broken, he managed to get out of the car.
A.In spite having a broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
B.In spite of having a broken leg,but he managed to get out of the car.
C.In spite of having a broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
D.In spite of he had a broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
43. The cake was so hard so I couldn’t cat it.
A. It was such hard cake that I couldn’t eat it. B. It was so a hard cake that I couldn’t eat it.
C. It was such a hard cake that I couldn’t eat . D. It was such a hard cake that i couldn’t eat it.
44. We didn’t go because it rained.
A. If it hadn’t rain we would have gone. B . If it hadn’t rained we would have gone.
C. If it hasn’t rained we would have gone. D. All are correct
45. Do you know the man who sat next to me at Nam’s birthday party last night?
A. You know the man who sat next to me at Nam’s birthday party last night, don’t you?
B. You know the man which sat next to me at Nam’s birthday party last night, don’t you?
C. You know the man who sat next to me at Nam’s birthday party last night, do you?
D. You knew the man who sat next to me at Nam’s birthday party last night, don’t you?
10
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one using the word in
brackets. Do not change the given words in any ways (questions from 46 to 50).
46. I can’t cook as well as my mother does. (BETTER)
A.My mother cook better than me. B.My mother cooks better than me.
C.My mother cooks well than me. D.My mother cooks more better than me.
47. I don’t suppose you have change for a pound, do you? (HAPPEN)
A.Do you happen have change for a pound? B.Are you happen to have change for a pound?
C.Do you happen to have change for a pound? D.Did you happen to have change for a pound?
48. He failed to win the race. (DIDN’T)
A.He didn’t win the race. B.He doesn’t win the race.
C.He isn’t win the race. D.He hasn’t win the race.
49. Mary rang hours and hour ago. (SINCE)
A.It’s hours since Mary rang. B.It’s hours since Mary has rung.
C.It’s hours since Mary didn't ring. D.It’s hours since Mary rings.
50. Going swimming in the river in the summer is interesting. (GO)
A. It is interested to go swimming in the river in the summer.
B. It is interesting go swimming in the river in the summer.
C. It interesting to go swimming in the river in the summer.
D. It is interesting to go swimming in the river in the summer.

ĐỀ SỐ 4
PART A: GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
I. Choose the word, phrase or expression that best completes each sentence.
1. _______ extended family include several generations living together in the same house.
A. A B. An C. The D. Ø
2. The crowd at the basketball game were wild_______excitement.
A. for B. like C. in D. with
3. I've tried those tablets and they are not_______in helping me stop coughing.
A. effective B. successful C. profitable D. helpful
4. Which is_______, Mount Everest or K2 in the Himalaya?
A. higher B. the higher C. highest D. the highest
5. He couldn't reach the goal, _______surprised me.
A. who B. whom C. which D. that
6. The school_______all the students to take an interest in arts.
A. noticed B. encouraged C. supposed D. managed
7. I like sitting on the beach watching the_______in the evenings.
A. sunshine B. sunrise C. sunlight D. sunset
8. There is_______water in the well but not enough for everyone in the village.
A. few B. a few C. little D. a little
9. I bought these magazines_______have something to read on the trip.
A. for B. so that C. so as to D. in order
10. It’s getting light. Shall I_______the light to save electricity?
A. turn off B. put on C. keep up D. come in
11. She had to do the washing-up last night, _______she?
A. didn’t B. hadn’t C. doesn’t D. hasn’t
12. Her parents were very worried_______she was out so late that night.
A. so that B. so C. because D. however
13. We are happy that life in our countryside has_______considerably.
11
 A. advanced B. progressed C. improved D. increased
14. He had to explain the lesson very clearly_______.
A. since his students could understand it
B. so that his students to understand it
C. in order to his students to understand it
D. in order that his students could understand it
15. I wish I_______English as well as a native speaker.
A. spoke B. can speak C. am speaking D. will speak
16. _______if he knew the answer.
A. He is helping me B. He would help me
C. He will help me D. He has helped me
17. The light went out while I_______dinner.
A. am having B. was having C. had D. have had
18. Nowadays it is not easy _______a well-paid job.
A. find B. finding C. found D. to find
19. That’s the _______difficult textbook I’ve ever used.
A. more B. most C. very D. too
20. The ground is dry, and we haven’t had any rain for months. It’s a real _______
A. flood B. drought C. storm D. typhoon
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting.
1. After living in London for two months, my brother got use to drive on the left.
A B C D
2. Even though being ill, Mary still went to school last Monday
A B C D
3. Kangaroos, that can be seen everywhere in Australia, have long tails
A B C D
4. Your brother hardly goes to work by bus, doesn't he?
A B C D
5. We looked to hundreds of books before we found what we were looking for.
A B C D
III. Language functions.
1. .“Can you tell me how to get to the post office?” _ “Sure. _________ on the left.”
A. Following the first turning B. Turn next C. Take the first turning
2. “Would you like to go out with me tonight?” _ “Yes, ________. Where shall we meet?”
A. Of course B. I’d love to C. I like too
3. “Why don’t you ask Tom for help?” _ “___________”
A. That’s a good idea B. Never mind C. I hope so
4. “I have passed the final examinations!” - “ ___________! Let’s go out to celebrate.”
A. Congratulations B. Congratulation C. Congratulate
5. “Can I help you?”- “___________”
A. Yes, thank you B. No, of course not C. Alright, just in case it rains.

PART B: READING
I. Read the following passage and choose the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Birds are fascinating to many people, and bird watching is a popular hobby. The best
time to watch birds is in the early morning, (1) ______birds are usually very active at that
12
time of day. The observer must keep still and quiet in order not to (2) ______the birds
away. If you live in a part of the world where migratory birds spend their breeding season,
then you will have the (3) ______to see nest-building activity. Over the ages, different
species of birds have evolved with different types of nest-building skills. It makes an
interesting study to (4) the different types of nests built by birds and to watch them as they
build their nests. After the breeding season is over and the babies have left the nest, it is
time for the birds to head for (5) ______parts of the world to spend the winter months.
Birds navigate to their winter feeding grounds, using the stars or the sun as their guide.
1. A.so B. because C. though D. but
2. A. upset B. throw C. frighten D. worry
3. A. time B. prospect C. occasion D. opportunity
4. A. look at B. take after C. care for D. see off
5. A. warmer B. cooler C. hotter D. colder
II. Read the passage and decide which the best answer is. Circle the letter A, B or C next to the
word you choose.
One of the main sources for the spreading of news and events throughout the world is the
newspaper.
The purpose of newspapers is to inform the public of political, social economic and entertainment
happenings, among other things .Generally, there are three types of newspapers: daily newspapers,
weekly newspapers, and special-interest newspapers. Daily newspapers publish at least one edition
every weekday. Most dailies also have a weekend edition. Daily newspapers often have sections for
news, sports, arts and entertainment, business and classified advertising. Weekly newspapers print once
a week and cover news of interest to readers in a smaller area than that of a daily paper. They focus on
local happenings rather than national or international events. Special-interest newspapers may publish
daily, weekly, monthly, or even less frequently. They generally disseminate news of interest to a
particular group of readers or feature news about a specific topic.
Thanks to the development of the Internet, we can now get access to electronic newspapers. To
some extent, e-newspapers are cheap, up-to-date, and convenient for most readers in the world.
1.The purpose of newspapers is to inform the public of…
A. political and social happenings B. economic and entertainment happenings
C. other different events D. all A, B and C
2. Three types of newspapers are…
A. daily newspapers, weekly newspapers and special-interest newspapers.
B. weekly newspapers, monthly newspapers , yearly newspapers .
C. daily newspapers, weekly newspapers and monthly newspapers.
D. weekly newspapers, monthly newspapers and special-interest newspapers.
3. Most daily newspapers publish…
A. only one edition every weekday . B. one edition every weekend .
C. at least once every weekday and once at weekend. D. one different edition for one different section
4. Weekly newspapers usually focus on…
A. local happenings B. national happenings
C. international happenings D. local and international happenings .
5. Social-interest newspapers cover news of interest to…
A. special people B. particular group of readers
C. feature news about a specific topic D. both B and C
6. We can easily get access to electronic newspapers because they are…
A. modern, up-to-date but expensive B. cheap, up-to-date and convenient worldwide
C. quick, cheap and convenient D. modern, quick and up-to-date
13
PART C: WRITING
I. Choose the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following sentences.
1. “I will help you,” Bob said to me.
A. Bob told me he would help me. B. Bob asked me to help him.
C. Bob said that he would help you. D. Bob warned me that he would help her.
2. They had decorated the tree with colored balls.
A. Colored balls had been decorated under the tree.
B. The tree had been decorated with colored balls.
C. They had decorated colored balls and the tree.
D. With colored balls the tree had looked beautiful.
3. I don’t want to hear you complaining any more.
A. I’ve had enough of your complaining. B. I wish to hear you complaining more and more.
C. Why don’t you complain more? D. I’m too busy to listen to your complaining.
4. I didn't arrive in time to see her.
A. I was early enough but I didn't see her. B. She was late so I couldn’t see her.
C. I wasn't early enough to see her. D. I am so late that I can't see her.
5. Claudia didn’t have an umbrella, so she got wet.
A. If Claudia had an umbrella, she wouldn’t get wet.
B. Claudia didn’t get wet because she had an umbrella.
C. If Claudia had had an umbrella, she wouldn’t have got wet.
D. If Claudia has an umbrella, she won’t get wet.
II. Choose the correct sentence A, B, c, or D that is built from the words and phrases given.
1. We/ought/ submit/assignment/ tomorrow.
A. We ought submit our assignment tomorrow.
B. We ought to submit our assignment tomorrow.
C. We ought to have submitted our assignment tomorrow.
D. We ought have submitted our assignment tomorrow.
2. We/ hardly/ understand/ him/ because/ his accent.
A. We hardly ever can understand him because of his accent.
B. We may hardly understand him because his accent.
C. We hardly understand him because he has his accent.
D. We can hardly understand him because of his accent.
3. he/ retire/ eldest son/ take over/ business.
A. After he retired, his eldest son took over his business.
B. After retiring, his eldest son will take over his business.
C. After he retires, his eldest son will take over a business.
D. After he has retired, his eldest son took over a business.
4. The patient/ recover/ more/ rapidly/ expected.
A. The patient recovered rapidly he expected more than.
B. The patient has recovered more rapidly he expected.
C. The patient recovered more rapidly than expected.
D. The patient rapidly recovered than he more expected.
5. children / love/ animal/ more/ adults.
A. Children love animals more than adults.
B. Children loves animals more than adults.
C. Children love animals more adults.
D. Children love animals is more than adults.
14
 -------------------------------------------------

ĐỀ SỐ 5
PART A: GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
I. Choose the word, phrase or expression that best completes each sentence
1. Are you looking for my sister? - She isn't at home now. She _____ to the library.
A. went B. goes C. has gone D. is going
2. While I was swimming yesterday afternoon, someone else _____ my clothes.
A. stealed B. was stealing C. was stolen D. stole
3. She said she met you once at the Hilton last year _____ since
A. have you met her B. had you met C. did you meet D. have you met
4. I can't remember the name of the man _____ I gave the money.
A. who B whom C. whose D. which
5. Here is the address to _____ you should write.
A. which B. whose C. whom D. who
6. We had a river _____ we could swim.
A. in which B. on which C. to which D. at which
7. I won't be able to very much but I'll do the best _____ I can.
A. that B. who C. what D. when
8. It is in this house _____ he was born
A. that B. where C. which D. what
9. Who _____ the bicycle?
A. invents B. was invented C. invented D. did invented
10. Do you still have a headache? - No, it _____ I am all right now.
A. went B. has gone C. goes D. is going
11. I like your car. How long _____ it?
A. have you had B. did you have C. you have had D. do you have
12. I bought a new jacket last week but I _____ it yet.
A. didn't wear B. not weared C. haven't wear D. haven't worn
13. This is the man _____ my brother is going to marry.
A. whose B. who C. which D. whose daughter
14. Thank you for _____ me about the meeting this afternoon.
A. remind B. to remind C. reminding D. remembering
15. He couldn't go far because he was afraid of _____
A. to fly B. flying C. be flying D. fly
16. I can't help _____ at her mistake.
A. laugh B. laughing C. laughed D. to laugh
17. He couldn't stand _____ for her so long.
A. to wait B. waiting C. wait D. waited
18. It's not worth _____ a tax home.
A. taking B. to take C. take D. took
19. Are you interested in _____ football.
A. play B. to play C. playing D. played
20. There are many _____ in this city.
A. pool swimming B. swimming pool C. swimming D. swimming pools
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting
1. Mai didn’t go to the zoo with her friends last Sunday because her sickness.
A B C D
15
2. We reached the nearest village after walk for five hours.
A B C D
3. Unless we work harder, we will finish on time.
A B C D
4. We don’t mind to wait for you to finish your homework.
A B C D
5. You don’t like playing soccer, are you?
A B C D
III. Language functions
1. - “Hello, Nick. Is everything OK?” - “______”
A. Not bad. And you? B. I’m not very bad, thanks.
C. Good, you are welcome. D. Everyone’s OK, thank you.
2. - “Bye for now. See you again.” - “______”
A. I hope so. B. We will.
C. Take care. Bye. D. I’m very sad.
3. - “Where are we going this weekend?” - “_______”
A. That’s a good idea. B. Have you thought of Ha Long Bay?
C. Yes, let’s go somewhere. D. Why don’t you go to the mountains?
4. - “My bicycle has been stolen.” - “_______”
A. You should ring the police. B. The police will know that.
C. Could you ring the police? D. You are phoning the police.
5. - “_______” - “I love it. It’s great, especially at night.”
A. How often do you listen to classical music?
B. How do you like classical music?
C. What kind of music do you like?
D. When do you often listen to classical music?
PART B: READING
I. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the correct word
that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
It has long been suspected that lack of sleep can actually lead to illness, particularly in young
people. Research involving students aged 14-19 over a three-week period now appears to confirm (23)
________. The teenagers wore devices that recorded the movements they made, without being (24)
________of them, that indicated they were asleep. The results were then compared to the number of
illnesses that they had (25) ________from during the three weeks, in addition to the number of
occasions on which they had been absent from school. What the study showed was that students who
slept (26) ________than seven hours a night caught colds, flu and other relatively minor illnesses more
often. The problem is that as children enter their teens their natural sleeping patterns change, (27)
_____in them going to sleep later and therefore wanting to wake up later - but they still have to get up
in the morning to go to school.
23. A. this B. that C. these D. those
24. A. awake B. aware C. familiar D. sensitive
25. A.caught B. affected C. suffered D. experienced
26. A. more B. smaller C. longer D. fewer
27. A. resulting B. producing C. finishing D. forcing
II. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions.
One of the biggest trends in television in recent years has been the rise of “Reality TV”. These shows,
in which ordinary people are placed in unusual situations and then filmed without a script, have become
16
some of the highest rating shows on television. Early programs of this genre, including Big Brother
(from the Netherlands) and Survivor (from the United States), have led to dozens of copycat programs
in many different countries. A common element to many of these programs is that a number of
contestants are placed in a closed environment in which they are filmed 24 hours a day, and every week
contestants are thrown off the show. What is it about these shows that makes them so popular? Perhaps
it is because viewers enjoy watching ordinary people with real emotions being placed in extraordinary,
situations. Or perhaps it is that people are really voyeurs - they enjoy being a spy, looking secretly into
other people’s lives.
1. In recent years, "Reality TV has become more and more_______.
A. interesting B. unusual C. popular D. enjoyable
2. The underlined word ‘‘which” in the passage refers to_______.
A. a common element B. a closed environment C. every week D. the show
3. We can see that Big Brother is_______.
A. from the Netherlands B. from the United States
C. a copycat program D. shown in many different countries
4. What is true about “Reality TV”?
A. They are made by ordinary people. B. They create many copycat programs.
C. They describe people’s lives. D. They are filmed without a script.
5. We can infer from the passage that_______.
A. “Reality TV” used to be more trendy.
B. “Reality TV" is becoming more and more competitive
C. viewers enjoy watching something real but unusual
D. viewers can become spies to look into other people’s lives
PART C: WRITING
I. Choose the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following sentences.
1. What an excellent job she did!
A. She didn’t do the job well. B. What is an excellent job?
C. What kinds of job did she do? D. She did a very good job.
2. “I would study Japanese if I were you,” my friend said.
A. My friend said that she was studying Japanese. B. My friend advised me to study Japanese.
C. I told my friend she should study Japanese. D. My friend said that she wanted to study
Japanese.
3.I don’t really want to visit the art gallery.
A. I’d rather not visit the art gallery. B. The art gallery is too far for me to visit.
C. If I were you, I wouldn’t visit the art gallery. D. I am not allowed to visit the art gallery.
4. Despite the fact that it was snowing, I didn’t feel cold.
A. In spite of the snow, I felt quite cold. B. In spite of feeling warm, it was snowing.
C. Although it was snowing, I didn’t feel cold. D. Although I didn’t feel cold, it was snowing.
5. People say that prevention is better than cure.
A. That prevention is said is better than cure. B. It is said that prevention is better than cure.
C. Prevention is better that cure is said by people. D. Prevention says to be better than cure.
II. Choose the correct sentence A, B, c, or D that is built from the words and phrases given.
1. If/ it/ not rain/ tomorrow/ I/ go/ camping/ my friends.
A. If it not rain tomorrow, I will go camping with my friends.
B. If it does not rain tomorrow, I will go camping with my friends.
C. If it does not rains tomorrow, I will go camping with my friends.
D. If it does not rain tomorrow, I go camping with my friends.
17
2. If/ I/ meet/ alien/ outer space/ I/ invite/ home/ talk.
A. If I met an alien from outer space, I would invite him/her/it to my home and talk/ to talk.
B. If I meet an alien from outer space, I would invite him/her/it to my home and talk/ to talk.
C. If I met an alien from outer space, I will invite him/her/it to my home and talk/ to talk.
D. If I met an alien from outer space, I invited him/her/it to my home and talk/ to talk.
3. Up to now /I/ never/ traveled/ by/ air.
A. Up to now, I have never travel by air.
B. Up to now, I has never traveled by air.
C. Up to now, I have never traveled by air.
D. Up to now, I never traveled by air.
4. My father/ read/ book/ while/ my mother/ cook/ dinner/ yesterday.
A. My father was reading a book while my mother cooked dinner yesterday.
B. My father read a book while my mother was cooking dinner yesterday.
C. My father reading a book while my mother cooked dinner yesterday.
D. My father was reading a book while my mother was cooking dinner yesterday.
5. It/ be/ such/ cold day/ we/ decide/ not/ go out.
A. It was such a cold day that we decide not to go out.
B. It is such a cold day that we decided not to go out.
C. It was such a cold day that we decided not to go out.
D. It was such a cold day that we decided not go out.
-------------------------------------------------

ĐỀ SỐ 6
A. GRAMMAR - VOCABUALRY & LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (2,0 pts)
I. Choose the best answer among A,B, C to complete the sentences ( 3,0 pts)
1. It’s raining, …………. I can’t go to the beach.
A. because B. so C. but
2. She suggested.……….. to the mountains for the weekend.
A. go B. to go C. going
3. “I can’t find my wallet, Tom.” - “Don’t worry. I’ll help you to ………….. it.”
A. look for B. take care of C. put on
4. These students take part in charity activities in their town, …………..?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they
5. The beautiful girl _______ met you at my party last week can speak English fluently.
A. whom B. which C. who
6. It usually _______ my father thirty minutes to go to work every day.
A. drives B. takes C. spends
7. Malaysia ________ into two regions, known as West Malaysia and East Malaysia.
A. divides B. divided C. is divided
8. We are really ………...... that people have spoiled this area.
A. happy B. proud C. disappointed
9. . I wish I ........ more about the logistics of the expedition.
A. would know B. knew C. know
10. I hope you don’t mind ______ me a lift to the library.
A. give B. gave C. giving
11. The doctor advised my father to give up smoking. In this sentence, “give up” means ________.
A. continue B. stop C. start
18
12. _______ he didn’t know how to solve the problem, he asked her for help.
A.So B.Because C.Although
13. The engineers ______ in that company for five years.
A. has worked B. have worked C. worked D. are working
14.Mary suggested that they...............................together.
A. went B. goes C. should go D. will go
15. Remote controls.............................interact with TV.
A. used to B. use to C. are used to D. uses to
16. Living far away from town,I can’t get.................................to the Net easily.
A. access B. work C. connect D. relation
17 I wish my mother …. what I said.
A. could hear B. can hear C. hears
18. Most of the ………………………..in the world occur in the Ring of Fine.
A. typhoons B. earthquakes C. tornadoes
19. Nobody could find the anwser, ……………………….?
A. can they B. could they C. did they
20. That stadium……………………………….five years ago.
A. was built B. is built C. will be built
II. Choose the underlined part (marked A, B, C or D) that needs correction.
21. Jane was impressed by the beauty of Hue and the friendly of the people.
A B C D
22. It’s difficult to her to have a trip abroad now.
A B C D
23. Would you like going to the cinema with me tonight?
A B C D
24. Although we are far away from each other, but we still keep in touch.
A B C D
25. I haven’t seen my grandparents since a quarter of a year.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best answer (1,0pt)
26 .A: Would you like to have dinner with us? B: _________________.
A. Yes, I would B. No, I wouldn’t like C. Yes, I’d love to D. Yes, I wouldn’t
27. Mary hasn’t got many friends here, has he?”........................................He has few friends
A. Not at all. B. No, he hasn’t C. Yes,of course D. Yes,he has
28. Luyen: Why don’t we go to the cinema now?
Thang: _________________________.
A. Will you join us? B. Yes, let’s C.I’d like it D. What play is it?
29. Tom: “ I’ve got the first prize in the IOE contest.” - Friends: “………….”
A. Thanks. B. That’s good! C. Congratulations! D. Yes, please.
30.”I suggest going to Vung Tau on the weekend.” “......................................”
A. That a fine day B. That’s a good idea
C. That’s a trip D.That’s a reason
C. READING
I- Read the following passage and choose the best answers(1pt)
Tet is a national and .................... (31) festival in Vietnam . It is occasion for every Vietnamese to
be reunited to think .................(32) their past activities and hope for good luck in the new year.
Before Tet all houses are cleaned and ...................... (33) with colorful lights . Everybody is
19
looking ......................... ( 34 ) to a better life. In the new year’s eve, children are smartly dressed . They
hope to receive money put in small red envelopes as they wish longevity to ..................(35)
grandparents and parents. Wrong doings should be avoided on these days .
31. A. traditional B. modern C. compulsory
32. A. about B. with C. after
33. A. decorate B. decorating C. decorated
34. A. for B. forward C. after
35. A. his B. her C. their
II. Read the passage carefully then choose the correct answer A, B or C for each question below.
(1,0pt)
During the teenage years, many young people can at times be difficult to talk to. They often seem to
dislike being questioned. They may seem unwilling to talk about their work in school. This is a normal
development at this age, though it can be very hard for parents to understand. It is part of becoming
independent of teenagers trying to be adult while they are still growing up. Young people are usually
more willing to talk if they believe that questions are asked out of real interest and not because people
are trying to check up on them.
Parents should do their best to talk to their sons and daughters about school work and future plant but
should not push them to talk if they don’t want to. Parents should also watch for the danger signs: some
young people in trying to be adult may experiment with sex, drugs, alcohol, or smoking. Parents need
to watch for any signs of unusual behaviour which may be connected with these and get help if
necessary.
36.This passage is taken from
A. handbook for parent B. school timetable
C. teenage magazine D. book for children
37. Why do adults sometimes find teenagers difficult to talk to?
A. because most teenagers are quite
B. because teenagers don’t want to talk to other people
C. beause teenagers think adults are not honest
D. because most teenagers hate adults.
38. When can you expect young people to be more talkative than usual?
A. When people talk to them because they are really interested and not just checking on them
B. When adults give them a lot of money to spend
C. When adults talk to them about something other than their work in school.
D. When adults talk to them about sex, alcohol and drugs.
39. Some teenagers experiment with drinking bad smoking because
A. cigarettes and alcohol are available everywhere
B. cigarettes and alcohol are cheap
C. women like smoking and drinking men
D. they regard them as a mark of adulthood
40. The word BEHAVIOUR in the passage most nearly means
A. feeling B. manners C. activities D. reaction
C. WRITING
I.Choose the correct sentence which has the same meaning as the given one.
41. I’m sorry. I can’t speak English fluently.
A. I wish I can speak English fluently. B. I wish I speak English fluently.
C. I wish I could speak English fluently. D. I wish I would speak English fluently.
42. We ought to start work now.
A. It’s time we start work now. B. It’s time we started work now.
20
C. It’s time we will start work now. D. It’s time we can start work now.
43. This is my first visit to Japan.
A. This is the first time I have never been to Japan.
B. This is the first time I was in Japan.
C. This is the first time I have ever been to Japan.
D. I wasn’t in Japan for the first time.
44. There aren’t any buses in the streets because the drivers have gone on strike.
A. The drivers have gone on strike, so there aren’t any buses in the streets.
B. The buses make the drivers go on strike.
C. Because there aren’t any buses in the streets, the drivers have gone on strike.
D. Howerver, there aren’t any buses in the streets,the driers have gone on strike.
45. Lonnie always went swimming after school last year.
A. Lonnie always used to go swimming after school last year.
B. Lonnie used to go swimming after school last year.
C. Lonnie used to go swimming after school very always.
D. Lonnie was used to go swimming after school last year.
I. Choose the best answer from the suggested words(1,0 pt)
46. This / be / best / film / I / ever / see.
A. This was the best film I’ve ever seen. B. This is the best film I’d ever seen.
C. This is the best film I’ve ever seen. D. This is the best film I’ve saw.
47.Unless / you / study / harder / you / not / pass / exam.
A. Unless you study harder , you won’t pass the exam.
B. Unless you study harder, you don’t pass the exam.
C. Unless you study harder, you didn’t pass the exam.
D.Unless you studied harder , you won’t pass the exam.
48.Nam / spend / two / hours / do / homework / everyday.
.A .Nam spend two hours doing his homework everyday.
B. Nam spends two hours doing his homework everyday.
C. Nam spends two hours to do his homework everyday.
D. Nam is spend two hours doing his homework everyday.
49.Your / coffee / not/ good/ as /mine
A. Your coffee is not good as mine B. Your coffee is not as good than mine
C. Your coffee is not so good as mine D. Your coffee is not as better as mine
50.I / used/ read /comics / when / I / small.
A. I used to read comics when I was small.
B. I used to reading comics when I was small.
C. I used to read comics when I were small.
D. I am used to reading comics when I was small.
__________ The end _____________

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ 7
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR + LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (5,0 pts)
1. I am not very tall. I wish I _________ taller.
A. am B. was n’t C. weren’t D. were
2. The Ao dai consists _________ a long silk tunic and loose pants.
A. of B. from C. to D. for
21
3. My father used to _________ newspaper in the morning.
A. read B. reading C. to read D. reads
4. The children enjoy _________ with their friends through computer.
A. chat B. chatted C. to chat D. chatting
5. We have lived in this town _________ 1998.
A. for B. since C. in D. last
6. You don’t like coffee, _________?
A. don’t you B. do you C. did you D. didn’t you
7. Rice _________ in tropical countries.
A. grows B. are grew C. is grown D. growing
8. “I am cooking now” Lan said.
A. Lan said that she is cooking now. B. Lan said was cooking now.
C. Lan said she was cooking then. D. Lan said she cooked then.
9. My father has to go to work _________ it is raining hard.
A. because B. if C. so D. though
10. If I became rich, I _________ travel around the world.
A. can B. will C. would D. have to
11. Our teacher _________ that we should help the poor.
A. said B. suggest C. tells D. A & B are correct
12. He wants to buy a new motorbike, _________ it is expensive.
A. however B. therefore C. but D. and
13. The _________ of the volcano was a terrible disaster.
A. cyclone B. eruption C. shift D. erupt
14. Every year, natural _________ cause millions of dollar worth of damage.
A. events B. resources C. temperatures D. disasters
15. UFOs mean _________ flying objects.
A. unknown B. unidentified C. imaginary D. imagination
16. She looks very _________ in her new Ao dai.
A. beauty B. beautifully C. beauties D. beautiful
17. Your brother seldom goes to work late, _________?
A. did he B. does he C. doesn't he D. didn’t he
18. ________ Christmas, children enjoy singing Christmas Carol.
A. On B. At C. In D. For
19. She told me she _________ go to Ha Noi the following day.
A. had to B. will have to C. would have to D. has to
20. Where ________ you go if you have a car?
A. do B. would C. did D. will
21. Van: “Would you like to have dinner with me?”
Lan: “_______________________”
A. Good B. I’d love to.C. I’m afraid D. Thanks.
22. Mother: “Well done, Trang!”
Trang: “_______________________”
A. Good luck. B. Ok. C. Thanks. D. Good idea.
23. John: “I think we should go to school by bike instead of motorbike”
Mary: “____________________”
A. Well-done B. of course not C. thanks D. Not a bad idea.
24. Nam: “Where shall we go for a picnic?”
Trang: “____________________”
22
 A. What about Ha Long Bay? B. By motorbike
C. Yes, let’s D. By car
25. Conan: “Shall we have a coffee now?”
Sam: “______________________”
A. You’re welcome B. No, I don’t.
C. Sorry, I can’t. I have to go now. D. No, I shan’t.
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting. (1pt)
26. Tom likes playing computer games, don’t he?
A B C D
27. Nga was sick because she didn’t go to school.
A B C D
28. If you want to get good grade, you must not work hard.
A B C D
29. She asked me what my name is.
A B C D
30. English are spoken all over the world.
A B C D
B. READING.
I. Read the following letter and choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the letter. (1pt)
Dear Mai,
I’m very (31) ________ that we’re going to be pen pals. I’ll tell you a little about me, and you can do
the same when you write to me.
I live in an area of London called Maida Vale. It’s quite near the center, but there are parks nearby
where I often take my dog, Mickey, for a walk. I live (32) __________ my parents and my younger
brother, Paul. My father works for the post office and my mother has a part-time job as a nurse. I go to
the local school, where I have a lot of friends. I like most subjects, but not all of them! In the evening I
sometimes (33) friends or stay at home and listen to music, and at weekends I like going
swimming or horse riding. At the moment I am studying very hard because I have exams soon, so I’m
spending a lot of (34) in the library.
I am looking forward to (35) from you. Write soon!
Best wishes,
Mary.
31. A. please B. pleased C. pleasing D. pleasant
32. A. in B. on C. with D. for
33. A. spend B. come C. stay D. visit
34. A. food B. time C. fun D. money
35. A. hear B. to hear C. hearing D. heard
III. Read the following passage and choose the correct answer A, B, or C. (1pt)
WHERE DO PEOPLE GET THE NEWS
Information about what has happened in the world, in our country, in our area, or even in our town
comes to us in many ways. People who can read often get their news from media. Because many people
in the world are illiterate (mù chữ), however, they get the news from television or radio.
Newspapers around the world are similar in many ways. They all have new stories that tell people
about the events of the day or week. Often, papers have other purposes that are devoted to business,
sport and maybe the latest fashion news. Papers usually appear weekly or every day, but in some places
they may only appear monthly. Magazines are another way that some people get the news. They are
longer and usually appear slower. Television and radio are two other ways of the news. They get the

23
news out faster than the newspapers and magazines, and they don’t have to be read. Radio and
television station broadcast the news several times each day.
36. Where do people who can read get the news?
A. They often get the news from media.
B. They often get the news from the world.
C. They often get the news from many other people.
D. They often get the news from magazine.
37. How do the illiterate get the news?
A. They often get the news from their area.
B. They often get the news from television and radio.
C. They often get the news from what they read.
D. They often get the news from other people.
38. What are the purposes of newspapers around the world?
A. They have other purposes that devoted to business.
B. They have the latest fashion show.
C. They have new stories that tell people about the event of the day or week.
D. They get the news out faster than the newspapers and magazines.
39. Which is quicker, a newspaper or a magazine?
A. A newspaper is. B. A magazine is.
C. They are both quicker. D. Not mention
40. How often do radio and television stations broadcast the news?
A. every day B. several times each day.
C. all day. D. several times each week.
C. WRITING.
I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the
sentence printed before it. (1pt)
41. You remembered to buy me a newspaper, didn’t you?
A. You don’t remember to buy me a newspaper, didn’t you?
B. You didn’t remember to buy me a newspaper, didn’t you?
C. You didn’t forget to buy me a newspaper, didn’t you?
D. You didn’t forget to buy me a newspaper, did you?
42. They showed his photograph on television.
A. His photograph is shown on television.
B. His photograph isn’t showed on television.
C. His photograph are showed on television.
D. His photograph aren’t showed on television.
43. I haven’t written to my pen pal for three months.
A. It has been three months since I last written to my pen pal.
B. It has been three months since I last wrote to my pen pal.
C. It is three months since I last wrote to my pen pal.
D. It is three months since I last have written to my pen pal.
44. Catch a taxi or you’ll be late for your flight.
A. If you catch a taxi, you’ll be late for your flight.
B. If you don’t catch a taxi, you won’t be late for your flight.
C. If you catch a taxi, you’ll not be late for your flight.
D. If you catch a taxi, and you’ll be late for your flight.
45. “May we use the computer now” They said to the teacher.
A. They asked the teacher to use the computer now.
24
 B. They asked the teacher to use the computer then.
C. They asked the teacher if we used the computer then.
D. They asked the teacher not to use the computer then.
II. Choose the best sentence that can be made from the cues given. (1,0 pt)
46. I/ wish/ I/ taller
A. I wish I am taller. B. I wish I weren’t taller.
C. I wish I were taller. D. I wish I be taller.
47. You/ watch/ the news/ TV, / not/ you?
A. You watch the news on TV, don’t you?
B. You don’t watch the news in TV, don’t you?
C. You watch the news at TV, don’t you?
D. You watch the news TV, don’t you?
48. Although/ Mrs. Thoa/ tired, she/ helped/ Tuan/ his homework.
A. Although Mrs. Thoa tired, she helped Tuan for his homework.
B. Although Mrs. Thoa was tired, she helped Tuan with his homework.
C. Although Mrs. Thoa was tired, she helped Tuan to his homework.
D. Although Mrs. Thoa feels tired, she helped Tuan to his homework.
49. The water pipes may/ damaged/ the typhoon.
A. The water pipes may be damaged with the typhoon.
B. The water pipes may damaged by the typhoon.
C. The water pipes may are damaged by the typhoon.
D. The water pipes may be damaged by the typhoon.
50. I/ disappointed/ people have/ spoil/ this area.
A. I’m disappointed to people have spoiled this area.
B. I’m disappointed that people have spoil this area.
C. I’m disappointed that people have spoiled this area.
D. I’m disappointed for people have spoiled this area.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 8
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR + LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (5,0 pts)
1. We always ________ Lunar New Year in late January or early February.
A. gather B. celebrate C. parade D. play
2. Mr. Baker wishes he ________ a car next month but he cannot. He is very poor.
A. bought B. could buy C. buy D. buys
3. Would you like ________ to my house for dinner this weekend?
A. to come B. came C. coming D. comes
4. I ________ fly a kite when I was a child.
A. use to B. used to C. be used to D. don’t use to
5. Miss Lan ________ there was a good movies that night.
A. said me B. said me that C. told me D. told to me
6. Our environment will be polluted if we ________ down the forests.
A. will cut B. cut C. would cut D. cutting
7. Mai asked me ________ on the weekend.
A. what I did B. what do I do C. what did I do D. what I do
8. They have to finish exercises before going to school, ________?
A. do they B. haven’t they C. don’t they D. don’t them
25
9. My teacher Susan, ________ lives in England, is four years older than me.
A. that B. which C. who D. whom
10. If I _________ you, I wouldn’t buy this coat. It don’t fit you at all.
A. am B. were C. will be D. was
11. My father asked us ___________ too much time playing computer games.
A. not to spending B. to not spend C. not to spend D. to not spending
12. My elder sister hasn’t worn the Ao Dai _________ 10 years.
A. since B. for C. in D. when
13. ____________ love playing soccer when you were younger?
A. Did you used B. Did you use to C. Were you used to D. Do you use to
14. The camera which you bought is very different ________ mine.
A. than B. as C. from D. to
15. Neil Armstrong, who first walked ____________ the moon, lived in the USA.
A. in B. on C. at D. from
16. My grandmother used to ____________ us folktales.
A. tells B. telling C. tell D. told
17. This bicycle ____________ ten years ago.
B. made B. is made C. was made D. be made
18. If we pollute the water, _____________________.
A. We will not have no fresh water to use.
B. We would have no fresh water to use.
C. We will have no fresh water to use.
D. We would not has fresh water to use
19. What do people do for a living in your village?
A. Planting rice and raise cattle.
B. Planting water and raise cattle
C. Planting food and raise seafood.
D. Planting cattle and raise food
20. My friend ________ a new smart phone.
A. suggested that buying B. suggested to buy
C. suggested that I should buy. D. suggested that I should bought.
21. Laura: “Could you help me to carry this suitcase?”
Peter: “________________________”
A. Yes, I please B. Certainly, I’ll help you C. Well done D. of course not
22. Quang: “I passed my exam”
Son: “______________________”
A. I’m sorry B. Unlucky C. Congratulations! D. No problem
23. Mother: “I’ll post that letter for you”
Daughter: “_______________________”
A. Thanks you B. Thanks, but I can do it on the way home.
C. Congratulations! D. Well done
24. Sam: “Would you mind if I sat here?”
Van: “__________________________”
A. Yes, you would. B. Yes, go ahead C. Great D. Come on!
25. Student: “May I go out?”
Teacher: “__________________________”
A. Yes, please do B. No, of course not C. You’re welcome D. Goodbye!

26
II. Choose the underline part that is incorrect (1pt)
26. Mr. Brown is used to think of himself as the only president of the country.
A B C D
27. If we would have a large garden, we would plant a lot of flowers in it.
A B C D
28. Nha Trang, that has a long beach, attracts many foreign visitors.
A B C D
29. Although my sister was tired, but she helped me with my homework.
A B C D
30. Mary asked me how did I go to school every day.
A B C D
B. READING.
I. Read the passage and decide which option A, B or C the best fits each space. (1pt)
Most British people go abroad on holiday, to visit family or on short business trips. People are
(31) _____ to find how to get urgent treatment before leaving the UK. They have to get a form which
explains what they will do if they fall ill or (32) _____ an accident, and what arrangements exist in this
country for medical treatment. The regulations are fairly simple but (33) _____ people don’t have this
information; they may find that private medical care extremely expensive. It is not unusual for people
to discover that they do not have (34) _____ money with them to (35) _____ the total costs and in such
circumstances an already difficult situation becomes even more complicated.
31. A. advised B. suggested C. said D. thought
32. A. have B. happen C. take D. make
33. A. because B. whether C. as D. so
34. A. enough B. little C. few D. too
35. A. pay B. give C. spend D. get
III. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question. (1pt)
One of the most important problems in the world today is the increasing number of people. In
1968, for example, there were 3.5 billion persons in the world. By the year 2000, there may be 7 billion
people.
Every day 199,000 babies are born in the world. In China almost one half of the people is
younger than 15 years of age. In the United States about one third of the people is under 15 years of
age.
The number of people in the United States is growing daily. In 1870, there were nearly 40
million persons in the U.S. One hundred years later, in 1970, there were more than 206 million.
36. The best title for the passage is _______________________.
A. The world grows smaller. B. The world grows older.
C. The world grows larger. D. The world grows slower.
37. Which information is not given in the reading?
A. The 1968 world population.
B. The number of babies born each day
C. The 2000 world population.
D. The number of babies born in the U.S in 1870.
38. The number of people is growing daily. “Growing” here means _____________________.
A. lifting up B. going C. increasing D. decreasing
39. By the year 2000 there may be 7 billion persons. This sentence has the same meaning as
_____________.
A. 7 billion people will live in the year 2000.
B. The probable world population in the year 2000 is 7 billion persons.
27
 C. By the year 2000 there will be 7 billion persons.
D. There will not be 7 billion persons in the year 2000.
40. The U.S population in 1970 was ______________________ times as large as that in 1870.
A. five B. four C. three D. six
C. WRITING.
I. Rewrite these sentences so as the meaning the same as the sentences printed before (1pt)
41. Lan hasn’t seen her grandparents since August.
A. The last time Lan has seen her grandparents since August.
B. The last time Lan sees her grandparents when August.
C. The last time Lan saw her grandparents since August.
D. The last time Lan saw her grandparents was in August.
42. I couldn’t afford to buy the shirt because it was very expensive.
A. The shirt was so very expensive that I couldn’t afford to buy it.
B. The shirt was so expensive that I couldn’t afford to buy.
C. The shirt was too expensive that I couldn’t afford to buy it.
D. The shirt was so expensive that I couldn’t afford to buy it.
43. Doctors advise us to eat more vegetables.
A. We are advise to eat more vegetables by doctors.
B. We are advised eating more vegetables by doctors.
C. We are advised to eat more vegetables by doctors.
D. We were advised to eat more vegetables by doctors.
44. I can’t give you her because I don’t know it.
A. If I know her telephone number, I will give it to you.
B. If I knew her telephone number, I will give it to you.
C. If I know her telephone number, I would give it to you.
D. If I knew her telephone number, I would give it to you.
45. “You must return the bike by 11 o’clock tomorrow” said Tom to John.
A. Tom said John that he had to return the bike by 11 o’clock the following day.
B. Tom said to John that he had to return the bike by 11 o’clock tomorrow.
C. Tom said to John that he had to return the bike by 11 o’clock the following day.
D. Tom said to John had to return the bike by 11 o’clock the following day.
II. Choose the best sentence that can be made from the cues given. (1,0 pt)
47. She/ very tired so she/ go/ bed last night.
A. She was very tired so she went to bed last night.
B. She was very tired so she go to bed last night.
C. She very tired so she went to bed last night.
D. She was very tired so she went bed last night.
48. She last/ watch/ TV five/ days ago.
A. She last watches TV five days ago.
B. She last watching TV five days ago.
C. She last watched TV five days ago.
D. She last watch TV five days ago.
49. The book/ which I/ have just read/ very interesting
A. The book which I have just read are very interesting
B. The book which I have just read is very interesting
C. The book which I have just read very interesting
D. The book which I have just read was very interesting
50. / new bridge/ have/ built/ this area?
28
 A. A new bridge has been built in this area?
B. A new bridge have been built in this area?
C. A new bridge has built in this area?
D. A new bridge has been built this area?

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 9
PART A: VOCABULARY, GRAMMAR AND LANGUAGE FUNCTIONI. Choose the best
answer among A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.(4ms)
1.It started to rain, ________ we stopped playing tennis.
A. if B. so C. because D. though
2.He arrived in England ________ Monday evening.
A. at B. on C. in D. of
3.I_______________my examination next Monday.
A. am taking B. took C. had taken D. have taken
4.She told me ________ you that present.
A. to give B. gave C. giving D. given
5.London is ________ capital city in Europe.
A. the largest B. large C. larger D. largest
6 : It took me half an hour _______ to Hai Duong City yesterday.
A. get B. getting C. to get D. got
7: He loves his parents very much and wants them to be ___________.
A. happily B. happiness C. happy D. happiest
8.I wish you ________ a longer vacation.
A. don't have B. had C. have D. having
9.Do you have to learn these new words ________?
A.with heart B. by heart C.in mind D. with mind
10.He ________ English for 4 years.
A. learns B. learnt C. has learnt D. will learn
11. He asked me_________.
A. what my phone number B. what my phone number was.
C. what my phone number is. D. what my phone number had.
12.They have learnt English ______ 5 years.
A. since B. in C. for D. from
13. _________being sick , She tried to finish her job in time.
A. Because B. so that C. In spite of D. so that
14. Mai speaks English……………….. than you.
A. much more fluent B. much more fluently C. much more fast
D.more faster
15: John is the boy ________ is wearing a white T-shirt.
A. which B. whose C. who D. whom
16. The doctor _________ that I should do morning exercises every morning .
A. asked B. talked C. suggested D. smiled
17. Don’t worry about me. I can _________ myself.
A. look after B. look for C. look at D. look forward
18. How much time do you spend............on the web a week?
A. posting B. surfing C. using D. taking
19 : If you ________ your best, you will pass the exam.
29
 A. will try B. try C. tried D. are trying
20. Everything is not expensive here ...........?.
A. is it B. isn't it C. are they D. aren’t they
II. Identify the underlined word/ phrase (A or B, C, D) that needs correcting. (1m)
21. They have seen that film when they were six
A B C D
22. Despite my cousin tried his best to do the test, he failed the exam last week.
A B C D
23. Wearing uniforms help students feel equal whether they are rich or poor.
A B C D
24. Today the number of people whom enjoy winter sports is almost double that of twenty years ago.
A B C D
25. John's mother thought that chocolates were bad to him.
A B C D
III. Languguge function(1m)
26. Tommy:“Would you like some more bread?” Andy:“ - _______________. I’m full.”
A. Yes, please B. All right C. No, thanksD. Never mind
27. Jerry: - “May I use your phone?” Jack: “ - Certainly. __________________. ”
A. Hold on, please B. It doesn’t matter C. Here you are D. You’re welcome
28. David: “ Can you open the windows, please ?” Thomas: “________”
A. How about B. Let’s go out C. Sure D. You’re welcome
29. Tim: “Would you mind lending me your dictionary?” - Paul: “___________.”
A. No, of course not B. Yes, let’s
C. Yes. Here you are D. Yes , I’d love to
30: -Tom:“ Why don’t we go to Vung Tau on the weekend.” John: -“_______.”
A. That’s a good idea B. Thanks a lot. C. Yes, I did D. How are you?
B. READING
I. Read the following passage and decide which option A, B, C, D best fits each space. (1.0 m)
Christmas is my favorite holiday. I enjoy (1) ……. Christmas cookies and planning parties. I sending
cards and hearing from old friends. I love seeing children open their (2) ……on Christmas morning.
Most of all, I love one special custom that we have in our family. On the night before Christmas we (3)
….. in warm clothing and go from house to house in our neighborhood. At each house, we (4) …...
Christmas songs.
Then we go to a hospital or a home for elderly people and we sing there. We want to let people know
that we care about them. Afterward, we come home and drink hot chocolate by the (5) ….. I love this!
31. A. bake B. baking C. to bake D. baked
32. A. presents B .doors C. offers D. books
33.A. wear B. put on C. dress up D. put off
34. A. sing B. shout C. cry D. play
35.A. fireworks B. fireplace C. light D. candles
II Read the following passage then choose the best answer for each question.(1m)
Chu Van An High School is one of the oldest and most prestigious state schools in Viet Nam
Established in 1908 by the French, the school was located beside the West Lake, and was origir named
after the location it was in. It is a very pleasant, spacious school with great views of the lake 1 the
classroom windows.
In 1943, the school was moved to Ninh Binh, and was not moved back to Ha Noi until 1945. In
year, the school was renamed Chu Van An, after a famous Vietnamese Confucianism teacher of the
Tran Dynasty. Professor Nguyen Gia Tuong became the first Vietnamese principal of the school. Many
30
famous people like Ex-Prime Minister Pham Van Dong, Doctor Ton That Tinh and Poet Xuan Dieu
used to be the school's students.
Today the school is still located in the same area, and has maintained its prestige, as well as its
reputation as one the top schools in Ha Noi. It is very difficult to be admitted to the school. Every year,
there are around three thousands applicants but only about five hundred are admitted. Applicants have
to take an entrance examination conducted by the Department of Education and Training of Ha Noi.
36. The passage mainly discusses_______ .
A. Chu Van An, the teacher. B. Chu Van An School in the future .
C. Chu Van An School over time . D. The difficulty of being admitted to Chu Van An School.
37. All of the following are true about the school EXCEPT_______ .
A. the school was originally named after the location it is in.
B. the school admits three thousand students every year.
C. the school has a view of the West Lake. D. the school is large.
38. The word 'principal’ is closest in meaning to___________ .
A. teacher B. supporter C. founder D. head teacher
39. The word 'prestige’ in the passage mostly means_________
A. respect B. fame C. status D. position
40. It can be understood from the passage that___________.
A. students of the school are very smart B. the school fees are very high
C. only children from prestigious families can enter the school
D. the teachers at the school earn a lot of money
PART C.WRITE
I. Choose the sentence that has the closest meaning to the root one.(1m)
41:I can’t cook as well as my mother can.
A. My mother can cook worse than I can.
B. My mother can cook better than I can.
C. I cannot cook, and my mother can’t, either.
D. My mother can cook well and so can I.
42:In fact, they don’t speak English well because they rarely have chances to speak to the native
speakers.
A. If they had chances to speak English to native speakers, they would speak English well.
B. Unless they have chances to speak English to native speakers, they will speak English well.
C. They can speak English well, although they don’t have many chances to speak to native speakers.
D. If they have more chances to speak English to native speakers, they will speak English well.
43: He has been collecting stamps for five years.
A. He started to collecting stamps for five years.
B. He started to collect stamps for five years.
C. He started to collect stamps for five years ago.
D. He started to collect stamps five years ago.
44. What a pity. I don’t have a new house .
A. I wish I had a new house.
B. I wish I didn’t have a new house.
C. I wish I have a new house
D. I wish I have had a new house
45. “Where does Mai live?”
A. He asked me where Mai live
B. He asked me where does Mai live
C. He asked me where Mai lived
31
 D. He asked me where did Mai live
II. Choose the best sentence constructed from the given set of words & phrases.(1m)
46.He uses / electric shaver because he get / a faster shave.
A.He uses an electric shaver because he got a faster shave.
B.He used an electric shaver because he gets a faster shave.
C.He uses an electric shaver because he gets a faster shave.
D.He uses electric shaver because he gets a faster shave.
47.She / so much food / not sleep well.
A.She ate so much food that she could sleep well.
B.She ate so much food that she can not sleep well.
C.She ate so much food that she could not sleep well.
D.She eats so much food that she could not sleep well.
48.New methods are / experiment / now.
A.New methods are experimented now.
B.New methods are experimenting now.
C.New methods are being experimented now.
D.New methods are being now experimented.
49.At / time tomorrow, she / probably / cooking.
A.At time tomorrow, she is probably cooking.
B.At this time tomorrow, she will probably be cooking.
C.At the time tomorrow, she probably be cooking.
D.At times tomrrow, she will probably be cooking.
50.The teacher / get used / teaching / crowded class.
A.The teacher has got used to teaching a crowded class.
B.The teacher got used to a crowded class.
C.The teacher used to teach a crowded class.
D.The teacher was used to teach a crowded class.
-------------------------------------------------

ĐỀ SỐ 10

Choose the option A, B, C or D which best completes or responds to each sentence.

1: The bridge ___________in 2000.
A. was built B. built C. has been built D. builds
2: She likes watching the stars ________night.
A. at B. on C. for D. in
3: I wish they ____ here tomorrow
A. will come B. would come C. come D. came
4: Mary ____ write to me last year
A. used to B. uses to C. is used to D. was used to
5: We have lived in Hanoi ____ four years
A. in B. since C. for D. at
6 : It took me half an hour _______ to Hai Duong City yesterday.
A. get B. getting C. to get D. got
7: He loves his parents very much and wants them to be ___________.
A. happily B. happiness C. happy D. happiest
8 : He’s never gone to school on Sunday, ___________?
A. has he B. is he C. hasn’t he D. isn’t he
32
 9 : Lan is very tired.________, she has to finish her work before going to bed.
A.So B. Although C. However D. Therefore
10 : I ....... her since we ...... students.
A. have known/ are B. know/ are C. have known/ were D. has known/ is
11. The professor ______ course I am taking is excellent
A. who B. whom C. that D. whose
12. Next summer, we’re having a swimming pool________ in our garden.
A. builds B. build C. building D. built
12: There is a huge gap between ______ rich and _____ poor in this country.
A. the-Φ B. a - an C. the – a D. the - the
13: What _________ you________ when I phoned?
A. did... do B. were ... doing C. were... do D. did... doing
14: She asked me if I __________a laptop computer the following day.
A. buy B. bought C. will buy D. would buy
15: If it rains on Sunday, we shall have to ___________ the football match for a week.
A. bring on B. take off C. put off D. put away
16. It’s my mother’s birthday tomorrow, and I don’t know……………….
A. which to buy B. what to buy C. anything to buy D. nothing to buy
17 Son Doong Cave is recognised as ___________ cave in the world by BCRA.
A. the larger than B. the largest C. the larger D. the most large
18 . China is _____ far the most populated country in the world.
A. as B. by C. so D. to
19. Julie has come to Vietnam many times because of the __________ of the people here
A. Friendly B. friendless C. friendliness D. friend

20. His house looks very large and beautiful. It is _________house.

A. a seven-room B. a seven-rooms C. seven room D. seven rooms
21 : Peter: “ I have bought you a toy. Happy birthday to you!”
Mary: “…………………”
A. What a lovely toy! Thank B. Have a nice day
C. What a pity! D. You are welcome
22 : John: Shall we go out to choose a birthday gift for Mary?
Peter: ___________________.
A. Good idea B. Happy Birthday C. Yes, please do D. Are you sure ?
23. “ What a beautiful dress!” –“________”
A. Have the same to you B. Congratulation! C. Well done! D. It’s kind of you to say so!
24. “ Thank you very much for the meal!” –“________”
A. It’s my pleasure. B. That’s a good idea. C. That sounds great. D. Yes, I’d love to.
25 . “Would you mind if I used your computer for a couple of hours?”
– “________________”
A. Of course, I am still using it now B. Yes, it’s all right
C. Not at all. I’ve finished my job D. Yes, you can use it.

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs
correction.
26. Tina has lived in England for over a year, so he’s used to drive on the left now.
A B C D
27. I saw the men, the women and the cattle which went to the field.
33
 A B C D
2 8. At first, life was difficult for me because of I didn’t understand English.
A B C D
2 9. My mother still spends 14 hours a day do the housework.
A B C D
30. I think it’s importance for us to find solutions to our problem.
A B C D
Read the following passage and choose the best answerA,B,C or D to each question .
Living in the country is something that people from the city often dream about. However, in
reality, it has both advantages and disadvantages.
There are certainly many advantages to living in the country. First, you can enjoy peace and
quietness. Moreover, people tend to be friendlier. A further advantage is that there is less traffic, so it is
safer for young children.
However, there are certain disadvantages or drawbacks to life outside the city. First, because
there are fewer people, you are likely to have few friends. In addition, entertainment is difficult to find,
particularly in the evening. Furthermore, the fact that there are fewer shops and services means that it is
hard to find jobs.
In short, it can be seen the country is more suitable for some people than others. On the whole, it
is often the best for those who are retired or who have young children. In contrast, young people who
have a career are better provided in the city.
31 : According to the passage, living in the country has .
A. only good points B. only bad points
C. both good and bad points D. no disadvantages
32 : How many advantages does living in the county have?
A. two B. three C. four D. no
33 : Living in the country is safer for young children because .
A. there is less traffic B. there are few shops
C. there are fewer people D. there are few services
34: Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?
A. People in the country tend to be friendlier than people in the city.
B. It’s hard to find entertainment in the country.
C. There are fewer shops and services in the country.
D.The country is only suitable for retired people.
35 :.Having few friends is .
A. one of drawbacks to life in the country
B. the only disadvantage to living in the countryside
C. one of certain drawbacks to life outside the city
D.one of certain advantages to life outside the city

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, Cor D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word for each of the blanks
Last week I went to an International Food Festival taking place in HaiPhong. Because the festival only
(36) ___place for one day, hundreds of people crowded into it. It was the biggest food festival I had
ever seen. There (37) __ thirty countries participating in the festival. They brought with them traditional
food specialities which reflected their unique national(38)______.
I was really impressed (39) ___the Cobb salad. It is an American garden salad made from chopped
salad greens, tomato, bacon, chicken breast, hard-boiled egg, avocado, cheese, and red-wine
vinaigrette. (40)___the salad requires quite a few ingredients, it is not quick to make.
34
Question36.A. ran B. took C. went D. found
Question37.A. are B. is C. was D. were
Question38.A. cooking B. food C. foods D. cuisine
Question39.A. by B. at C. in D. on
Question40.A. But B. Although C. Because D. So
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is CLOSEST in
meaning to each of the following sentences
41: He has been collecting stamps for five years.
A. He started to collecting stamps for five years.
B. He started to collect stamps for five years.
C. He started to collect stamps for five years ago.
D. He started to collect stamps five years ago.
42: He doesn’t study hard, so he can fail the exam.
A. If he studied hard, he wouldn’t fail the exam.
B. If he didn’t study hard, he wouldn’t fail the exam.
C. If he studies hard, he wouldn’t have failed the exam.
D. If he hadn’t sutdied hard, he won’t fail the exam.
43: “We are learning English at this moment.” Nam said.
A. Nam said that he was learning English at that moment.
B. Nam said that they were learning English at this moment.
C. Nam said that we were learning English at this moment.
D. Nam said that they were learning English at that moment
44. My mother drivers more carefully than my brother
A. My mother drives as carefully as my brother.
B. My mother is a more careful driver than my brother.
C. My mother always drive carefully but my brother doesn’t.
D. My brother is a more careful driver than my mother. .
45 : She usually walked to school when she was in primary school.
A. She was used to walking to school when she was in primary school.
B. She got used to walking to school when she was in primary school.
C. She used to walk to school when she was in primary school.
D. She did not usually use to walk to school when she was in primary school
* Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the best sentence that is in good order
46.It/believed/is/ that/you/be/will/pleased/your/exam result/ with/.
A. It that is believed you will be pleased with your exam result.
B .It is believed that you will be pleased with your exam result.
C. It is believed you that will be pleased with your exam result.
47. new/school/A/built/my/was/in/village/last year/.
A. A school was built in new my village last year.
B. A new school was built my village in last year.
C. A new school was built in my village last year.
48. lan/to/didn't go/ school/ last /Friday /sick/because /she/was/
A. Lan didn't go to school last Friday because she was sick.
B. Lan go didn't to school last Friday because she was sick.
C. Lan was go to school last Friday because she didn't sick
49. Vietnam/,/the/which/ in/is / Southeast Asia /, /exports/ rice/,/ coffee/ and/rubber/.
A. Vietnam which is in the Southeast Asia exports rice, coffee and rubber.
B. Vietnam, exports rice, coffee and rubber, which is in the Southeast Asia.
35
C. Vietnam, which is in the Southeast Asia, exports rice, coffee and rubber.
50. sister/a lot/ baby/used/when/was/my/to/younger//cry/a/she
A. My younger sister used to cry a lot when she was a baby
B. My younger sister used cry to a lot when she was a baby
C. My younger sister used to a baby when she was cry a lot
-------------------------------------------------

ĐỀ SỐ 11
A. GRAMMAR - VOCABULARY - LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS.
I. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete each sentence. (5.0 points)
1. Malaysia is divided ................. two regions.
A. to B. in C. into D. on
2. She often goes to the ................ to pray because her religion is Islam.
A. church B. mosque C.temple D. pagoda
3. It’s ............... to call anyone at night.
A. inconvenient B. inconvenience C. convenient D. conviniently
4. Marie Curie ........................ the Nobel Prize for physics in 1903.
A. award B. has awarded C. was awarded D. awarded
5. Girl: “Would you like a cup of coffee?” Boy: “………”
A. Yes, I would B. Yes, please C.Yes, that’s right D. All right
6 ______ his life was hard, he studied well.
A. However B. Not only C. Although D. Despite of
7. He will be in Ha Noi from Tuesday _______ Sunday.
A. in B. at C. to D. on
8. Everyone has read the latest news on the website, _____?
A. hasn’t he B. haven’t they C. don’t they D. didn’t they
9. They are not _________to take part in this program of the World Health Organization.
A. so old B. old enough C. enough old D. as old
10. The football match was postponed _________the bad weather.
A. despite B. in spite C. because D. because of
11. Peter doesn’t like scuba-diving. _________does his brother.
A. Too B. Neither C. So D. Either
12. If I had the map now, I _________a short-cut across the desert.
A. could have taken B. take C. could take D. can take
13. If I were you, I would advise _________the new teaching method.
36
 A. try B. trying C. to try D. tries
14. My father is very busy. _________, he is always willing to give a hand with the housework.
A. Despite B. Although C. However D. Therefore
15. Mrs. Johnson put salt into the bowl of sugar by mistake,_________?
A. doesn’t she B. did she C. didn’t she D. isn’t she
16. I wish I _________ a bird. If so, I would fly around the world.
A. were B. am C. have been D. will be
17. “Honey, the weather is very bad today. You should drive _________,” Henry said to his wife.
A. careful B. carefully C. careless D. carelessly
18. The boy _________ at the party last night was very friendly.
A. he spoke to Lily B. spoke to Lily C. to who Lily spoke D. to whom Lily spoke
19. _..............__ the exercise was easy, Little John could do it in a short time.
A. Therefore B. Even though C. However D. Because
20. Tony: “Mum, I’ve got the highest score in the musical contest.”Mrs. Brown: “_________”
A. No problem. B. What a pity! C. Congratulations! D. I’m OK.
21. The _......... of Mount Pinatubo, a volcano, in the Philippines in 1991 killed hundreds of people.
A. shift B. eruption C. explosion D. collapse
22. Jack: “Congratulations on passing the final examination.” Lily:………….
A. You can say that again. B.Thanks. It’s very kind of you to say so
C. Never mind D. Yes, please.
23. Ann: You can’t probably do it later this afternoon, can you?
Bob: __________.
A. Put it on the scale B. You’re really too late but you might be lucky
C. No, sorry. Tomorrow morning is the earliest we can manage
D. Yes, let’s
24. Mary: Couldn’t we talk about it again?
Peter : __________ .
A. It's my honour to meet you tonight
B. I’m considering going home
C. There’s nothing left to say
D. It’s nce of you to say so.
25. Ba : What is in the box, Nam?
Nam: I don’t know exactly. __________.
A. It might be a pen B. It’s a pen C. There is a pen in it
D. This is not pen.
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence below that needs correcting (1.0
point)
1. There are two doors on the wall and there is a picture above of them.
A B C D
2. She spent many money on clothes at the supermarket yesterday.
A B C D
3. Nam is tallest student in his class.
A B C D
4. People use cars with a various purposes.
A B C D
5. Quoc Tu Giam is know as the symbol of knowledge.
A B C D
II. READING
37
Part 1. Choose A, B, or C to complete the following passage(1.0point)
Television is an invention of the 20 th century. It has been so (1) ………. that now we can’t
imagine what life would be like if there was no television. Television is a major mean of (2) ………. It
bring pictures and sounds from around the world into million of homes. Television (3) ………. can see
and learn about people, places and things in far away lands. Television widens our knowledge by
introducing us to new ideas which may lead us to new hobbies and recreations. In addition to the news,
television (4) ………. us with a variety of programs that can satisfy every taste. Most people now seem
to like (5) ………. their evenings watching television .It is more convenient for them to stay at home
watching television than to go out for amusement elsewhere.
1. A. popular B. inconvenient C. fast
2. A. information B. communication C. connection
3. A. seers B. audience C. viewers
4. A. provides B. to provide C. provide
5. A. spen B. spent C. spending
Part 2. Read the passage then answer the questions by choosing the correct answer A, B or C. (1.0
point)
Last weekend, Peter had a day trip to the countryside with some of his classmates. They went to
visit a farm where his Uncle Tom works.
They left early in the morning and went there by bus. Uncle Tom and some workers met them at the
bus stop and took them to their farms. On the way, Uncle Tom showed them fields of wheat, corn, and
vegetables where some tractors were running up and down, plowing and breaking soil, distributing
manure and planting seeds. After lunch, They all went for a walk round the farm. In the large yard of
the farm they saw a lot of farm machinery. In the afternoon they went to the cattle farm. A lot of horses,
sheep and cows were raised here. They saw a new-born colt in the horseshed when they helped the
farmers to feed the cows. After having some tea and cakes, they said goodbye and went home. It was an
enjoyable day.
*Questions and answers:
1. Where does Peter’s uncle work?
A. In the city. B. In a factory. C. On a farm.
2. How did they get to visit Peter’s uncle?
A. By bus. B. By car C. By train
3. What did they visit on the farm?
A. The fields B. The cattle farm C. A & B
4. What does the word “colt” mean?
A. A baby horse B. A baby sheep C. A baby cow
5. How long was the trip?
A. It was a day trip. B. It was a two-day trip. C. It was a three-day trip.
C. Writing
Part 1: Choose the sentences that is closet in meaning to each of the following questions.
(1point)
1. Only with careful environmental planning can weprotect the world in which we live.
A. Planning the environment carefully, we can protect the world n whch we live.
B. Careful enviromental planning protect the world we live in.
C. We can protect the world we live in only with careful environment planning.
D. Protecting the world we live in, we plan the environment carefully.
2. When there is so much traffic on the roads, it is sometimes quickerto walk then to go by
car.
A. The traffic is always so heavy that you’d better walk to work; it’s quicker.
38
 B. There is so much traffic these days that it is more pleasant to walk than to drive.
C. During rush hours, walking gives me much more pleasure than driving in the heavy traffic.
D. It’s faster to walk than to drive in the heavy traffic at certain time of the day.
3. The last timeI saw Peter was when I ran into him at the station on my way to Glasgow.
A. I haven’t seen Peter since a chance meeting with him at the station when I was setting off for
Glassgow.
B. The last time Iwent to Glasgow, I happened to meet Peter at the station.
C. When I last saw Peter at the station when I was on my wayto Glasgow, I ran after him.
D. I finally saw Peter at the station When I was on my way to Glassgow.
4. “ Do you watch TV every evening, Jane”, said Peter.
A. Peter asked Jane did she watch TV every evening.
B. Peter askes Jane of does she watch TV every evening.
C. Peter asked Jane if she’d watched TV every evening.
D. Peter asked Jane if she watched TV every evening.
5. “ Don’t forget to do your homework” the teacher told us.
A. The teacher reminded us not to forget to do your homework.
B. The teacher told us do not forget to do your homework.
C. The teacher told us to not forget to do your homework.
D. The teacher reminded us to do your homework.
Part 2: Choose the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the following question.
(1point)
1. Put your coat on. You will get cold.
A. You will not get cold unless you put your cold on.
B. Put your coat on, otherwise you will get cold.
C. Its not until you put your coat on that you will get cold.
D. You not only put your coat on but also get cold.
2. The man wanted to get some fresh air in the room. He opened the window.
A. The man wanted to get some fresh air in the room because he opened the window.
B. The man opned the window in order to get some fresh in the room.
C. The man got some fresh air in the room, eventhough he opened the window.
D. Having opened the window, the room could get some fresh air.
3. The student was very bright .He could solve all the math problems.
A. He was such bright student that he could solve all the math problems.
B. The student was very bright that he could solve all the math problems.
C. He was so bright a student that he could solve all the math problems.
D. Such bright was the student that he could solve all the math problems.
4. People should not litter in the park. People should not cut down the trees in the park.
A. People should either litter in the park or cut down the trees in the park.
B. People should neither litter in the park nor cut down the trees in the park.
C. People should either litter in the park nor cut down the trees in the park.
D. People should neither litter or cut down the trees in the park.
5. Jonh can not lend me the computer now. He is using it.
A. Jonh can not lend me the computer until he uses it.
B. Having used the computer before, Jonh lends it to me
C. Because Jonh is using the computer now, he can not lend it to me.
D. As soon as Jonh finishes using the computer, he will lend it to me.

-------------------------------------------------
39
 ĐỀ - ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ SỐ 12
A. VOCABULARY- GRAMMAR 
I. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below (4.0 pts).
1. My house ………………in 1986.
A. is built B. was built C. has been built D. has built
2. People in Israel are going to celebrate their festival ………………is called Passover.
A. where B. who C. which D. when
3. They wish they........................have to go to class today.
A. couldn't B. didn't C. don't D. wouldn’t
4. Nobody went to the party, ………………?
A. didn’t they B. do they C. did they D. weren’t they
5. Remember to turn ……….the light when leaving the office.
A.down B. on C. off D. out
6. ………………I was really tired , I couldn’t sleep.
A. Even though B. However C. Therefore D. otherwise
7. We have learnt English ………………2001.
A. for B. since C. in D. on
8. According to the weather ………………, it will be raining tonight.
A. prediction B. information C. forecast D. balloon
9. My teacher asked me ………………my homework carefully before I went to school
A. do B. to do C. doing D. did
10. If I ………………better English, I will apply for a scholarship in the UK.
 A. have B. had C. will have D. having
11. It’s a long time since I last used English. My English is a bit ………………now.
A. fluent B. rusty C. reasonable D. good
12. You shouldn’t ………………every new word in the dictionary. Try to guess the meaning first.
A. check up B. look for C. look up D. look after
13. Most people enjoy ………..aboard and having the chance to stay in some exotic cities.
A. travel B. to travel C. travelling D. traveled
14. I’d like to become a …………..because I can travel everywhere and show tourists around.
A. explorer B. tour guide C. holiday maker D. tourist
15. Our plane arrives in Hanoi at …………two o’clock in……….afternoon.
A. 0- the B. the- the C. the- an D.0-an
16. You ………….chicken. You cook it in an oven or over a fire without liquid.
A. steam B. boil C. roast D. stir- fry
17. I really admire Yen, ……….is fluent………both English and French.
A. that/ at B. that/ on C. who/ in D. Who/on
18. The language that you learn to speak from the birth is………. language.
A. first B. second C. foreign D. tongue
19. Computers offer a much greater degree of ……………… in the way work can be organized.
A. flexible B. flexibility C. flexibly D. inflexible
20. I can have a conversation in Italian, but I'm a ……………… rusty.
A. bit B. lot C. very D. too
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence below that needs correcting (1 pt).
21. Cattle is fed every day by the farmers.
A B C D
22. I’ll pick you up at 6 o’clock in Sunday morning.
A B C D
40
23. I saw the man and the buffalo which went to the field.
A B C D
24. She wishes she can speak English and French well
A B C D
25. They suggested ban the sale of alcohol at football matches.
A B C D
B .LUANGUE FUNCTION
Choose expression that best completes each sentence below (1 pt).
26. “I’ve passed my driving test.” – “ ____________.”
A. Congratulations! B. That’s a good idea.
C. It’s nice of you to say so. D. Thanks
27. “I’m taking my end-of-term exam next week.” – “ _____________!”
A. Cheers B. Good luck
C. Congratulations D. well-done
28. Bach: “Would you mind turning off the ceiling fan, please?” – Yen: “ ______________”
A. No, not at all. I will turn it off. B. Yes, I do. I can turn it off.
C. Of course. I am very cold now. D. Yes, I would.
29. “ Could you lend me two hundred thousand dong?” “______________”
A. I’m afraid not B. No, Thank you
C. I think so D. Yes, please
30. Marry “ You look nice today. I like your new dress” – “ ____________”
A. I feel interesting to hear that B. Oh, well done
C. It’s nice of you to say so D. My pleasure
C. READING
I. Read and decide which option A, B, C best fits each space. (1 pt).
New Year is one of the most important (31)_____ in the United States. On New Year’s Eve,
most people go to the parties. At twelve o’clock at night, everyone (32)_____ “Happy New Year” and
they wish their friends and relatives good luck. New Year’s Eve is usually a long night to many people.
They don’t go home until morning. Another holiday, Halloween, is mainly (33)_____ children. On this
holiday, children dress as witches, ghosts or others. Most children go from house to house asking for
candy or fruit. (34)_____ the people at the house don’t give them candy, the children will play a trick
on them. But this hardly ever happens. (35)_____ people give them candy or fruit.
31. A. celebrations B. contests C. meetings D. game shows
32. A. tells B. says C. talks D. speaks
33. A. in B. at C. for D. of
34. A. Although B. Whether C. If D. unless
35. A. Little B. Many C. Much D. lots
II. Read the following text then choose the best answer. (1 pt).
I was born in Ha Noi, the capital of Viet Nam. Ha Noi is famous for its natural beauty, with lots of
rivers and lakes. There are many historical places to visit in Ha Noi. The Literature Temple (Van Mieu
– Quoc Tu Giam) is the country’s first ever historical university. Teenagers often come here to pray
for high results in their upcoming examinations. As Viet Nam is a Buddhism-oriented nation, its capital
has also been the centre of Buddhism for centuries. In Ha Noi alone, there are about 600 temples and
pagodas. It also has a big church in the city centre, a popular place for the few Christians living here.
With a population of nearly eight million, the city is quite crowded. However, the public transportation
is not adequate, so visitors find it hard to safely cross the roads. The city is packed with universities
and enterprises, making it the top destination for higher education students and labour workers. Many

41
people from rural areas reside in Ha Noi so that they can get well paid jobs. This makes the city become
more crowded than ever before.
36. What is the passage about?
A. a city B. changes in a city C. a city in the past D. life
37. What does 'pray for' means?
A. pass B. like C. wish D. dream
38. What is the most popular religion in Ha Noi?
A. Buddhism B. Christianity C. both A and B D. Islam
39. What does 'adequate' mean?
A. much B. abundant C. satisfactory D. available
40. Which among this is NOT mentioned about Hà Nội?
A. natural features B. nightlife C. infrastructure D. religion
D. WRITING
I . Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to the given
ones (1 Pt)
41. What a pity! I am not at the party.
A. I wish I were not at the party.
B. I wish I were at the party.
C.I wish I am at the party.
D.I wish I am not at the party.
42. Because she was lazy, she failed the exam.
A. She failed the exam because she was lazy.
B. She was lazy, so she failed the exam.
C. She failed the exam because of her laziness.
D. All are correct
43. I am lazy, so I can’t pass the exam.
A. If I am lazy, I can’t pass the exam.
B. If I am not lazy, I can pass the exam.
C. If I were lazy, I couldn’t pass the exam.
D. If I weren’t lazy, I could pass the exam.
44. Barry continued to smoke even though we had advised him to quit.
A. Despite being told not to smoke, Barry continued to do.
B. If we had advised Barry, he would have quit smoking.
C. Barry did not quit smoking because of our advice.
D. Barry took our advice so he stopped smoking.
45. Why don’t we go to the beach this Sunday?
A. This Sunday is the best time to go to the beach.
B. Let’s go to the beach this Sunday.
C. I suggest we should go to the beach this Sunday.
D. Both B and C are correct.
II. Choose the best sentence that can be made from the cues given. (1.0 Pt)
46. I/not good/ cook, so /I /not/ become /chef.
A. I'm not good at cooking, so I can't become chef..
B. I'm not good for cooking, so I can't become a chef.
C. I'm good at cooking, so I can't become a chef.
D. I'm not good at cooking, so I can't become a chef.
47. My father/ suggest/ have/ trip/countryside/Saturday.
A. My father suggests to have a trip to the countryside on Saturday.
42
 B. My father suggests having a trip to the countryside on Saturday.
C. My father suggested to have a trip to the countryside on Saturday.
D. My father suggests that to have a trip to the countryside on Saturday.
48. He/ such/ interesting/ man/ everyone/ love/ him
A. He is such a interesting man that everyone loves him
B. He is such an interesting man that everyone love him
C. He is such an interesting man that everyone loves him
D. He is a such interesting man that everyone love him.
49. They/ play/ tennis/ 2003
A. They have played tennis since 2003
B. They have played tennis for 2003
C. They started playing tennis in 2003
D. A&C are correct
50. Mr. Lam / now wear / face mask / protect /him / Covid 19.
A. Mr. Lam is now wearing a face mask to protect him of Covid 19.
B. Mr. Lam is now wearing a face mask to protect him from Covid 19.
C. Mr. Lam now wears a face mask to protect him from Covid 19.
D. Mr. Lam is now wearing a face mask to protect him at Covid 19.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 13
A. VOCABULARY+ GRAMMAR
I. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below (4.0 pts).
1. It's very hot today. I wish I _________on the beach now.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
2. Could you please ______an appointment for me to see Mr. Smith?
A. do B. take C. make D. get
3. If everyone of US______ the traffic rules, the road will be much safer.
A. obey B. obeys C. obeyed D. will obey
4. There are far______ students in this school than in that school.
A. fewer B. less C. fewest D. least
5. Susan rarely stays up late, ______?
A. is she B. isn't she C. does she D. doesn’t she
6. He can’t hear because of his ______ .
A. deaf B. deafness C. deafen D. deafened
7. If I had enough money, I ______ abroad to improve my English.
A. will go B. had gone C. should have gone D. would go
8. _______his poor English, he managed to communicate his problem very clearly.
A. Because B. Even though C. Because of D. In spite of
9. It’s a long time since I last used English. My English is a bit _____ now.
A. fluent B. rusty C. reasonable D. good
10. Trung swims very well and _______ does his brother.
A. also B. even C. so D. neither
11. Young people like to wear jeans because they don’t easily _________
A. wear in B. wear up C. wear down D. wear out
12. My house _________in 1986.
A. is built B. was building C. was built D. has been built
13. The doctor _________me not to stay up too late at night.
43
 A. advised B. suggested C. insisted D. forced
14. Tomorrow we'll go to Noi Bai Airport to meet Maryam, _________comes from Malaysia.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
15. His house looks very large and beautiful. It is _________house.
A. a seven-rooms B. a seven-room C. seven room D. seven
rooms
16. If you _________ early, you won’t be late.
A. get up B. don’t get up C. are get up D. got up
17. When he lived in the city, he _________to the theater twice a week.
A. uses to go B. has gone C. used to go D. was going
18. My father asked us _________too much time playing computer games.
A. not to spend B. did not spend C. not to spending D. to not
spent
19. Most people enjoy ………..aboard and having the chance to stay in some exotic cities.
A. travel B. to travel C. travelling D. travelled
20. My uncle and aunt live in…………..small town………….United States.
A. a- a B. a- the C. the- the D. the-a
II - Identify the underlined word/ phrase (A or B, C, D) that needs correcting to become an exact
one. (1,0pt)
21. They stopped to work because of the hot weather.
A B C D
22. The twentieth century was a time when there was a lot of important events.
A B C D
23. They asked me what did happen last night, but I was unable to tell them.
A B C D
24. The woman who son is excellent in maths lives next door to us.
A B C D
25. The students laughed happy when they saw the monkeys eating bananas.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION:Choose expression that best completes each sentence below (1.0 pt).
26. Sally: "What about collecting used paper every day?" ~ Jenny: " _______"
A. Yes, you must. B. Well done.
C. That's a good idea. D. Thanks, it's nice of you.
27. Peter: “Would you like some more tea?" ~ John: " _______"
A. Yes, give me some B. Yes, you would
C. No, I won't D. No, please
28. - “Let me help you with the box.” - “_______”
A. Yes. That's very kind of you. B. I'm sorry. I'm busy now.
C. What can I do for you? D. No. You must not
touch it.
29. Mary is asking Bob for help.
Mary: “Could you help me to move this television, please?”
Bob: “ __________________”
A. No, thanks. B. Yes, of course.
C. No, I’m rather busy. D. Yes, I could.
30. Jack and John are talking about their coming test.
Jack: "I think our coming test will be very difficult?"
John: “__________________. It’s challenging”
44
 A. You must be kidding B. I quite agree
C. I don’t like you saying so D. I don’t think that’s a good idea.
C. READING
I. Read the following passage, then Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage (1.0 Pt)
The USA is encouraging Americans (31)______ face masks.There has been a lot of talk about
whether or not face masks are effective in helping slow down the spread of the COVID -19
coronavirus.The government is set to encourage Americans to use homemade face covering like cloth
masks, bandanas and scarves.At first, the WHO and some health organizations recommended that
people (32)______ were not sick didn’t need to wear masks or cover their faces.(33)______, it is now
proved that face masks can work (34)______.They point to countries like Singapore and South Korea,
where people wear masks and reported infection (35)______ are lower.
31. A. to wear B. wearing C. wear D. wore
32. A. which B. where C. why D. who
33. A. Moreover B. Although C. However D. Because
34 A. effective B. effectively C. ineffectively D. ineffective
35. A. rates B. levels C. percentages D. scales
II. Read the following passage then choose the best answer A, B or C (1.0 Pt)
One of the most urgent environmental problems in the world today is the shortage of clean
water.Having clean drinking water is a basic human right. However, acid rain, industrial pollution and
garbage have made many sources of water undrinkable. Lakes, reservoirs and even entire seas have
become vast pools of poison. Lake Baikal in Russia is one of the largest lakes in the world. It contains a
rich variety of animals and plants, including 1, 300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the
world. Yet, they are being destroyed by the massive volumes of industrial effluent which pour into the
lake every day. Even though laws have been made, the government do not have the power to enforce
them. Most industries simply ignore the regulations. The Mediterranean Sea occupies 1% of the
world's water surface, but it is the dumping ground for 50% of all marine pollution. Almost 16
countries regularly throw industrial wastes a few miles off shore.
Water is free to everyone. A few years ago people thought that the supply of clean water in the world
was limitless. Today, many water supplies have been ruined by pollution and sewage. Clean water is
now scarce, and we are at last beginning to respect this precious source. We should do something now.
36. According to the writer, one environmental problem in the world today is ________
A. safe water shortage B. pools of poison
C. industrial pollution D. population explosion
37. What is the serious problem of Lake Baikal in Russia?
A. It has 1, 300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world.
B. It is one of the largest lakes that contains a variety of animals and plants.
C. It is polluted by massive volumes of industrial wastes discharged into it.
D. It is the only lake in Russia whose source of water is not drinkable.
38. What does the word "them" in the passage refer to?
A. plants B. the government C. animals D. laws
39.What did people think about the supply of clean water in the world?
A.renewable B. harmless C. unlimited D. exhausted
40. What is the message to the readers?
A. We should take action to protect our water sources.
B. We should take all water sources into account.
C. We should limit the use of water sources.
D. We should encourage people to use safe water.
D. WRITING
45
I . Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to the given
ones (1.0 Pt) .
41. “Let’s go on a walking today?”, said Trang
A. Jane suggested going on a walking
B. Jane wanted us to going on a walking
C. Jane suggested to go on a walking
D. Jane allow us to go on a walking
42. I told you about the doctor last week. He is working here.
A. The doctor about who I told you last week is working here.
B. The doctor about whom I told you last week is working here.
C. The doctor whom I told you last week is working here.
D. The doctor about whose I told you last week is working here.
43. “Would you like to go to the show with me?" Anna said to Bella.
A. Anna reminded Bella to go to the show with her.
B. Anna persuaded Bella to go to the show with her.
C. Anna encouraged Bella to go to the show with her.
D. Anna invited Bella to go to the show with her.
44. A small hotel was the only choice of place to stay at during my trip to London.
A. I had different choices of where to stay during my trip to London.
B. I had no choice but to stay at a small hotel during my trip to London.
C. There were a lot of hotels for me to choose from during my trip to London.
D. I was talked into staying at a small hotel during my trip to London
45. He did not work hard. He failed the exam.
A. Unless he had worked hard, he would have failed the exam.
B. Even though he failed the exam, he didn’t work hard.
C. If he had worked hard, he would have passed the exam.
D. However hard he worked, he failed the exam.
II. Choose the best sentence that can be made from the cues given. (1.0 Pt)
46. I / enjoy/ surf/ net / but/ I / not/ have/ time / it//
A. I enjoy surfing net but I don’t have much time it.
B. I enjoy surfing the net but I don’t have for it.
C. I enjoy surfing on the net but I don’t have much time for it.
D. I enjoy surfing on the net but I don’t have much time.
47. internet/ is/ invention/ wonderful/ modern/ life.
A. The Internet is wonderful invention modern life.
B. The Internet is a wonderful invention of modern life.
C. The Internet is a wonderful invention the modern life.
D. The Internet is a wonderful invention of life.
48.It / necessary / us / study / English/ nowadays//
A. It’s necessary for us to study English nowadays.
B. It’s necessary for us to studying English nowadays.
C. It’s necessary for us study English nowadays.
D. It’s necessary to us to study English nowadays.
49. Hoa/ used / walk / past/ lake/ her/ way/ primary school//
A. Hoa used to walk past the lake with her way to the primary school.
B. Hoa used to walking past the lake on her way to the primary school.
C.Hoa used to walk past the lake on her way to the primary school.
D. Hoa used to walk past the lake on her the way to primary school.
46
50. We/ should/ stop/ destroy/ forests/ as they/ important/ our/ environment//
A. We should stop destroy forests as they’re important to our environment.
B. We should stop destroying forests as they’re important to our environment.
C. We should stop destroying forests as they’re important to environment.
D. We should stop to destroy forests as they’re important to our environment.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 14
I. MULTIPLE CHOICE:

Mark the letter A,B,C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions from 1 to 25 ( 50 points)

Question 1: This carpet really needs_______. Can you do it for me, son?
A. being cleaned B. clean C. cleaned D. cleaning
Question 2: It was ________ hot day that we decided to go to leave the work early.
A. so B. so a C. such D. such a
Question 3: The teacher told the students always to tell the_____________.
A. true B. truth C. information D. fact
Question 4: He rarely goes fishing, _______________?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn’t he
Question 5: My brother _____________ a sports car if he ___________ the money.
A. bought/would B. would buy/had C. would D. bought/would had
have bought/have
Question 6. The paintings ________ Mr. Brown has in his house are worth around £100,000.
A. whose B. which C. what D. whom
Question 7________ is visiting important and historic places in a city or an area as a tourist.
A. Travelling B. Sightseeing C. Wandering D. Sunbathing
Question 8. All _________ must complete a visa form upon arrival at Singapore airport.
A. tourists B. departures C. customers D. passengers
Question 9. The garlic sausage is also sold pre-packed in _________.
A. slices B. stalks C. sticks D. packets
Question 10________ people never seem to put on weight, while others are always on a diet.
A. All B. One C. Few D. Some
Question 11. Travellers are advised to find an alternative _____ during road repairs.
A. field B. direction C. route D. itinerary
Question 12. All food products should carry a list of _________ on the packet.
A. elements B. materials C. foods D. ingredients
Question 13. Traditionally, an ‘English breakfast’ is a large cooked breakfast, usually _____ bacon and
eggs, toast, baked beans, black pudding, and tea or coffee.
A. making of B. having C. consisting of D. existing of
Question 14. If you want to stay slim and healthy, you _________ reduce the amount of fast food you
eat every day.
A. may B. should C. need D. would
Question 15. I have _____ older brother and ____ younger sister.
A. an. . . a B. an. . . an C. a. . . a D. a. . . an
Question 16. . China is _____ far the most populated country in the world.
A. as B. by C. so D. to
47
Question 17. The hotel is beautifully _____ in a quiet spot near the river.
A. located B. situating C. lying D. stayed
Question 18. A _____ is a cave that is big enough for humans to go inside.
A. cavern B. bay C. fortress D. temple
Question 19. If I were a superman, I _______.
A. flew B. will fly C. would fly D. fly
Question 20. _____ this hand-embroidered picture was expensive, we bought it.
A. As B. Because C. Even though D. Despite
Question 21. “Shall we go out for dinner?”.
A. No, I wouldn’t. That’s boring B. I’d love
C. That’s a good idea. D. You can say that again.
Question 22. –Peter: “ Do you mind if I use your pencil?” -Katy: “………”
A. Sorry. I have no idea. B. Never mind. Help yourself
C. Certainly, it’s true C. That’s a good idea.
Question 23: - “ I’m taking my driving test tomorrow.”
-“____________.”
A. Good fortune B. Good luck C. Good outcome D. Good success
Question 24: _ “ Do you mind if I switch the light off?”
-“ _________________.”
A. Yes, I mind it, sorry. B. What will you do if I don’t mind it?
A. Yes. Please do it. B. I’d rather you didn’t, if you don’t mind.
Question 25. "Mum. I’ve got 6.00 on the TOEFL test" - "”
A. Good way! B. You are right. C. Oh, hard luck! D. Good job!
Mark the letter A,B,C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part to that needs
correction to each of the following questions from 26 to 30. (10 points)

Question 26: Don’t put too much garlic in the salad; two bunches are enough.
A B C D
Question 27: Lan was extreme pleased that she got an A for her assignment.
A B C D
Question 28: Why weren’t you inform us about the strike?
A B C D
Question 29. Jupiter, who is the largest planet in our solar system, has more gravity than the Earth.
A B C D
Question 30. My friend Russ is interested in to work in advertising.
A B C D
Read the following passage and mark the letter A,B,C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 31 to 35. (10 points)
The English language began(3)…….England, of course. But when people went from England to(4)
…….countries, they brought their language with them. The first English people come to North
America(5)……many things that they did not know about before, especially different kinds of animals
and plants. So they took the(6)……for these plants and animals from the people(7)…….were already
living in America-the Indians. “Raccoon”, “skunk”, “tomato”, “tobacco” are all American Indian
words.
Question 31. A. in B. on C. at D. above
Question 32. A. newly B. other C. much D. lot
Question 33. A. watched B. looked C. saw D. heard
Question 34. A. languages B. vocabulary C. tongue D. words
48
Question 35. A. that B. which C. who D. whose
Read the following passage and mark the letter A,B,C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 36 to 40 (10 points)
The price of holidays can fluctuate a great deal throughout the year, so you can save a lot if you
are flexible with your travel dates and avoid peak holiday times. It can be also cheaper if you book well
in advance. Before your departure, make sure you get as much information about your destination as
you can. Find out if you require any special visas or permits to travel there. Think about spending
money as well. Will you be able to access your own money easily enough or will you need to take cash
with you? Think about eating larger lunches and smaller evening meals to help your money go further,
as lunch is generally cheaper. Make sure that you keep sufficient identification with you at all times. It
may also help to email a copy of your passport details to yourself, in case it is lost or stolen. Label your
suitcases clearly so that they can be easily identified as yours. It can be useful to store a copy of your
itinerary in a prominent place in your suitcase so that the airline will know where to find you if your
luggage gets lost. Be sure to pack any medication or other essential items in your hand luggage. If your
flight is delayed, or your luggage is lost, these can be difficult to obtain in an airport or foreign country.

Question 36.Which can be the best title for the passage?

A. Travel procedures B. Travel advice C. How to adjust travel dates D.
Protect your luggage
Question 37. Which one of these is NOT advisable according to the passage?
A. Research your destination B. Always bring identification
C. Apply for visas if necessary D. Save money by cutting out dinner
Question 38. According to the passage, your luggage should be ___________.
A. stored in a safe place B. tagged in case of being lost
C. packed with your passport D. painted a bright colour
Question 39. The underlined word ‘it’ refers to your ___________.
A. identification B. luggage C. passport D. flight
Question 40. It can be inferred from the passage that ___________.
A. travelling may cost more in peak season B. you must always take cash with you
C. larger lunches cost more than smaller ones D. you can’t get back your lost luggage
overseas

II. WRITING: (20 pts)

Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the
given words (questions from 41 to 45).
Question 41. The police has just released John. B.It took us 5 hours get to London.
A. John has just be released by the police. C.It took us 5 hours to get to London.
B. John has just been released in the police. D.Its took us 5 hours to get to London.
C. John has just been released by the police. Question 44. I get to work in 20 minutes
D. John have just been released by the police. A.It takes me 20 minute to get to work.
Question 42. I couldn’t hear them because they B.It takes me 20 minutes get to work
were speaking too softly. C.It takes me 20 minutes to get to work
A. They was speaking too softly for me to hear. D.It takes me 20 minutes to getting to work
B. They were speak too softly for me to hear. Question 45. You can’t visit the USA unless you
C. They were spoken too softly for me to hear. have a visa.
D. They were speaking too softly for me to hear. A. If you doesn't have a visa you can’t visit the
Question 43. We spent 5 hours getting to London. USA.
A.It took us 5 hour to get to London. B. If you don’t have a visa you can’t visit the USA.
49
C. If you don’t have a visa you can visit the USA. D.If you don’t has a visa you can’t visit the USA.
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one using the word in
brackets . Do not change the given words in any ways (questions from 46 to 50).
Question 46. It is necessary that this work be C.The bread aren't fresh enough to eat.
finished by Monday. D.The bread isn’t fresh enough to eat.
A. This work must be finish by Monday Question 49. Who does this bag belong to?
B. This work must be finished on Monday A. Whose bag is that?
C. This work must be finished by Monday B. Whose bags are these?
D. This work must to be finished by Monday C. Whose bag is this?
Question 47. It’s a pity I didn’t take my doctor’s D. Who bag is this?
advice. Question 50. My French friend finds driving on
A. I wish I had taken your doctor’s advice. the left difficult.
B. I wish I have taken my doctor’s advice. A.My French friend isn’t used driving on the left.
C. I wish I had take my doctor’s advice. B.My French friend isn’t used to driving on the
D. I wish I had taken my doctor’s advice. left.
Question 48. The bread is so tale we can’t eat it. C.My French friend isn’t use to driving on the left.
A.The bread isn’t fresh enough to eat. D.My French friends isn’t used to driving on the
B.The bread isn’t fresh enough eat. left.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 15
I. MULTIPLE CHOICE:
Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences. (50 points)
Question 1. China is _____ far the most populated country in the world.
A. as B. by C. so D. to
Question 2. The hotel is beautifully _____ in a quiet spot near the river.
A. located B. situating C. lying D. stayed
Question 3. A _____ is a cave that is big enough for humans to go inside.
A. cavern B. bay C. fortress D. temple
Question 4. If I were in your_____, I’d take it easy and try to forget it.
A. shoe B. shoes C. sandal D. sandals
Question 5. _____ this hand-embroidered picture was expensive, we bought it.
A. As B. Because C. Even though D. Despite
Question 6. _____ is a mix of English, Malay, Mandarin.
A. ‘Hinglish’ B. ‘Singlish’ C. ‘Thailish’ D. ‘Vietlish’
Question 7.My friend, _____bicycle was stolen last week, has decided to buy a motorbike
A. whom B. which C. who D. whose
Question 8. You have cleaned your bike, ________?
A. have you B. do you C. haven’t you D. don’t you
Question 9. Son Doong Cave is recognised as _____ cave in the world by BCRA.
A. the larger than B. the largest C. the larger D. the most large
Question 10. That tall woman, ……….career is very successful, usually helps children in this
orphanage.
A. that B. what C. which D. whose
Question 11. If you come to England, it will be a good ________ for you to improve your English.
A. opportunity B. advantage C. experience D. possibility
Question 12. Of those _______ took the test last week, Phong is the only one who didn’t study for it.
A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
50
Question 13. You have cleaned your bike, ________?
A. have you B. do you C. haven’t you D. don’t you
Question 14. Why don’t you have your house _____________?
A. repainted B. repaint C. to repaint D. repainting
Question 15 . She suggested ……….. money for the poor people in the region.
A. to save B. saved C. saving D. save
Question 16: This information is very important. You should put it _____
A. down B. on C. off D. up
Question 17: He asked me ________ I had studied English for 7 years.
A. unless B. when C. if only D. if
Question 18: Mrs Hoa , _______ daughter is my best friend, is very kind
A .when B. whom C. whose D. which
Question 19: Children love _______________the stories as they tell them.
A. acting out B. remember C. play D. to read
Question 20 : My mother is cutting some _________ of celery
A. heads B. sticks C. cloves D. bunches
Question 21. "Mum. I’ve got 800 on the TOEFL test" - "……………."
A. Good way! B. You are right. C. Oh, hard luck! D. Good job!
Question 22. Tom: “How did you get here?" - John: “…………………”
A. I came here last night. B. I came here by train.
C. The train is so crowded. D. Is it far from here?
Question 23. David :"It's terrible. I don't think I will be able to pass the exam." – Mary : "______"
A. Let's try it. B. Don't worry. Everything will be all right.
C. Ok. What's that? D. Why not pass it?
Question 24. Sue: "You have read that article on the website, haven't you" – Peter : "_______"
A. Sure, thanks. B- Not at all! Go ahead.
C. Not yet. Why? D. Yes, of course, I will.
Question 25. “ Would you mind lending me your bike?" : “…………………”
A. Yes, let’s. B. Yes. Here it is. C. Not at all. D. Great
Find a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence
Question 26. I asked him how far was it to the station if I went there by taxi .
A B C D
Question 27. Although he was tired, but he still went to work yesterday.
A B C D
Question 28. My family spent an interested holiday in Europe last summer.
A B D D
Question 29. Linda has worn her new yellow dress only once since she buys it.
A B C D
Question 30. Don’t put too much garlic in the salad; two bunches are enough.
A B C D
Read the text carefully, and then choose the most suitable answers (A, B, C or D).(10 points)
Face-to-face conversation is a two-way process: You speak to me, I reply to you and so on.
Two-way (22)_______ depends on having a coding system that is understood by both sender and
(23)_______, and an agreed convention about signaling the beginning and end of the message. In
speech, the coding system is the language like English or Spanish; the convention that one person
speaks at a time may seem too obvious to mention. In fact, the signals (24)_______ in conversation and
meetings are often (25)_______. For example, lowering the pitch of the voice may mean the end of a
sentence, a sharp intake of breath may signal the desire to interrupt, catching the chairman’s eye may
51
indicate the desire to speak in a formal setting like a debate, a clenched fist may indicate anger. When
(26)_______ visual signals are not possible, more formal signals may be needed.
Question 31: A. Exchange B. Interchange C. Communication D. Correspondence
Question 32: A. Announcer B. Receiver C. Messenger D.
Transmitter
Question 33: A. That people use B. Are used C. Using D. Being
used
Question 34: A. Informal B. non-verbal C. verbal D. formal
Question 35: A. their B. These C. This D. That
Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each question.
Do you ever think about what schools will be like in the future? Many people think that students
will study most regular classes such as maths, science and history online.
Students will probably learn these subjects anywhere using a computer. What will happen if students
have problems with a subject? They might connect with a teacher through live video conferencing.
Expert teachers from learning centres will give students help wherever they live.
Students will still take classes in a school, too. Schools will become places for learning social
skills. Teachers will guide students in learning how to work together in getting along with each other.
They will help students with group projects both in and out of the classroom.
Volunteer work and working at local businesses will teach students important life skills about
the world they live in. This will help students become an important part of their communities.
Some experts say it will take five years for changes to begin in schools. Some say it will take longer.
Most people agree, though, that computers will change education the way TVs and telephones changed
life for people all over the world years before.
Question 36. What will happen if students meet difficulties with a subject?
A. Teachers from learning centres will give them help through live video conferencing.
B. They will meet their teachers in person for help with problems with the subject.
C. They will telephone the teachers who are staying at the school to seek their help.
D. Schools will organise a live video conference for teachers to help students with problems.
Question 37. Students will still go to school to _____ .
A. learn all subjects B. play with their friends C. use computers D. learn social
skills
Question 38. The main role of teachers in the future will be _____ .
A. providing students with knowledge B. guiding students to learn computers
C. helping students with group projects D. organising live video conferences
Question 39. Students will learn important life skills through _______ .
A. going to school every day B. taking online classes
C. working in international businesses D. doing volunteer work
Question 40. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Kids won’t have to go to school in the future. B. Computers will change education in the
future.
C. All classes will be taught online in the future. D. Teachers will help students from home in
the future.
II. WRITING: (2.0 points)
Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the
given words
Question 41. She didn’t hurry, so she missed the train.
A. If she had hurried, she would have caught the train
B. If she haS hurried, she would have caught the train
52
C. If she had hurry, she would have caught the train
D. If she had hurried, she wouldn't have caught the train
Question 42. Barbara is the best tennis-player in the club.
A.No one in the club isn't better at tennis than B.
B.No one in the club is better at tennis than B.
C.No one in the club is better at tennis as B.
D.No one in the club is the best at tennis than B.
Question 43. I haven’t seen that man here before.
A.It’s the first time I have saw that man.
B.It’s the first time I have see that man.
C.It’s the first time I have seen that man.
D.It’s the first time I haven't seen that man
Question 44. The furniture was so expensive that I didn’t buy it.
A.The furniture was so expensive for me to buy.
B.The furniture wasn't too expensive for me to buy.
C.The furniture was too expensive for me to buy it.
D.The furniture was too expensive for me to buy.
Question 45. The leak was repaired by the plumber this morning.
A.The plumber repaire the leak this morning.
B.The plumber repaired the leak this morning.
C.The plumber repairing the leak this morning.
D.The plumber to repaire the leak this morning.
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one using the word in
brackets. Do not change the given words in any ways
Question 46. The robbers made the bank manager hand over on the money. (WAS)
A.The bank manager was made hand over the money.
B.The bank manager was made to hand over the money.
C.The bank manager made to hand over the money.
D.The bank manager were made to hand over the money.
Question 47. Tom learned to drive when he was nineteen. (SINCE)
A.Tom has been able to drive since he was nineteen.
B.Tom hasn't been able to drive since he was nineteen.
C.Tom has been able to driving since he was nineteen.
D.Tom has been able to drive since he has been nineteen.
Question 48. She had never been so unhappy before. (THAN)
A.She was happier than she had ever before.
B.She was more unhappy than she had ever before.
C.She wasn't unhappier than she had ever before.
D.She was unhappier than she had ever before.
Question 49. It was so late that nothing could be done. (TOO)
A.It wasn't too late to do anything.
B.It was too late for do anything.
C.It was too late to do anything.
D.It was so late to do anything.
Question 50. The garage is going to repair the car for us next week.
A. We am going to have the car repaired.
B. We are going to have the car repaired.
C. We are going to have the car repaire.
53
D. We are having the car repaired.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 16
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR
I. Choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the sentences. (4,0 pts)
1. She often goes to the ................ to pray because her religion is Islam.
A.church B.pagoda C.temple D.mosque
2.Mary was really .................. by the beauty of Ha Noi.
A.impress B.impression C.impressive D.impressed
3.The United States has a ........................... of around 250 million.
A.population B.separation C.addition D.introduction
4.Mathematics and Literature are ..................... subjects in high schools.
A.adding B.compulsory C.optional D.religious
5.It’s very kind ........................... you to say so!
A..in B.to C.for D.of

6. Japanese often spend a long time on the traffic jams. __________, they are very polite.
A. However B. Although C. Therefore D.So
7. The ao dai is the traditional_________of Vietnamese women.
A. dress B.skirt C. blouse D. poem
8. Nam drives very __________ and he has had three accidents this year.
A. fast B. fastly C. fasten D.fastest
9. Can you tell me the reason for ............................. the Mother’s Day ?
A. celebrating B. celebration C. celebrate D. celebrated
10. If it __________ heavily this evening, I can’t go out for a walk.
A. rained B. rains C. will rain D.rain
11. She failed her driving test __________she didn’t practice hard enough.
A. because B. and C. so D.but
12. You bought this pair of trouser yesterday,_____?
A.didn’t you B. weren’t C.did you D.were you
13. He’s the man ___________ is talking on the phone over there.
A. which B. whom C. who D.whose
14.Do you mind ______me an evening an evening newspaper on the way home ?
A. buy B.to buy C.buying D.bought
15. I suggest ____________ something for the poor in our area.
A. us to do B. you should do C. to do D.to doing
16. Don’t forget to turn .................. the lights when you leave the classroom.
A. on B. out C. off D. up
17. The ............... in the pipes made water leak and we had to pay for the water.
A. cracks B. holes C. cut D. break
18. ..................... energy is much safer than nuclear power.
A. Sun B. Sunny C. Solar D. Sun’s
19. Lighting ....................... for 30 percent of our electricity bill.
A. accouts B. makes C. puts D. does
20.I had _________to the countryside last month.
A.a two-day trip B. a two-days trip C. two-day trip D. two-days trip
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (1,0 pt)
54
21. What will you do when you will grow up?
A B C D
22 . Nam always pays his bills on time, but his brother does
A B C D
23 . The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted
A B C D
24 . Our neighbor will look for the garden when we go on holiday
A B C D
25 . They wish there was many rivers and lakes in their hometown.
A B C D
B./LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best answer (1.0pt)
26. Binh: “Can you lend me your pencils?” – Phuong: “___________________”
A. That’s a good idea B. Sure. Here you are. C. It doesn’t matter. D.thank you
27.May: “I suggest going camping on the other side of the river.” - Dung: “____________”
A. That’s a good idea. B. Have a good trip. C. Congratulations D.Go ahead
28. David: “I can’t find my wallet, John” – John: “Don’t worry. I’ll help you to ________ it.”
A. look for B. take care of C. put on D.look up
29. Phong: “Shall I call you a taxi?” – Son: “________________”
A. Let’s do. B. Oh. That would be nice. C. Yes, I’d love to. D.you are welco
30. Bach: “Would you mind turning off the ceiling fan, please?” – Yen: “ ______________”
A. No, not at all. I will turn it off.
B. Yes, I do. I can turn it off.
C. Of course. I am very cold now. D. Yes, I would.
C. READING
I. Read the passage. Choose the option A, B or C that best fits each gap. (1,0 pt)
Jeans are very popular with young people all (31) ________ the world. Some people say that jeans
are the "uniform" of youth. But they haven't always been popular. The story of jeans started (32)
________ two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth (33) ________ in
Genoa was called "jeanos". The pants were called "jeans". In 1850, a saleman in California began
selling pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. (34) ________ they were so strong, "Levi's
pants" became popular with gold miners, farmers and cowboys. Six years later, Levi began making his
pants with blue cotton cloth called denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and Europe
began (35) ________ jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.

31. A. in B. over C. on
32. A. lots B. most C. almost
33. A. making B. made C. makes
34. A. Although B. But C. Because
35. A. wear B. wearing C. wore
II. Read the passage carefully then choose the correct answer A, B or C for each question below.
(1,0 pt)
Every day on radio, on TV, and in the newspaper, we hear, see or read about many problems in
the world, for example, pollution problems.
Air pollution is the first kind. It mostly comes from fumes released from motorbikes, cars,
airplanes, trains and poisonous gases emitted from factories. Also, waste is dumped any where, even in
the city where many people are living. The second pollution problem is sea pollution. Many people
earn their living from fishing in the sea, and the fish they catch feed many people. But the sea has
55
become so polluted from oil spills and factory wastes that the fish are dying. This pollution is not only
killing the fish, but is also affecting those people who eat fish.
Seldom do you find a place nowadays that is not polluted. This problem is growing more
difficult everyday. We must find a good solution that makes the world a better place to live.
36. We hear, see and read about problems in the world _________
A. once a week B. every day C. every week
37. What causes the air pollution?
A. fumes from vehicles and poisonous gases from factories.
B. waste from everywhere
C. A and B are correct.
38. The sea has become polluted because of _________
A. oil spills and factories wastes
B. oil spills and smoke from factories
C. smoke from factories and factories wastes
39. Sea pollution can _______________.
A. come from fumes released from motorbikes, cars, airplanes, trains
B. kill the fish and affect the people eating fish
C. feed many people
40. In order to make the world a better place to live, we _______________.
A. should not prevent pollution
B. should find a good solution
C. should kill the fish
D. WRITING
I.Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (1,0 pt)
41. She last ate this kind of food when she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
A. She hasn’t eaten this kind of food when she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
B. She hasn’t eaten this kind of food since she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
C. She hasn’t ate this kind of food since she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
42. “I am taking my driving test tomorrow.” he said.
A. He said that he is taking my driving test the next day.
B. He said that he was taking my driving test tomorrow.
C. He said that he was taking my driving test the following day.
43. I bought the desk last year. The desk has been broken.
A. The desk I bought last year has been broken.
B. The desk has been broken which I bought last year.
C. The desk I bought it last year has been broken.
44. “Where will you go this Saturday, Nga?” the little boy asked.
A. The little boy asked Nga where she will go this Saturday.
B. The little boy asked Nga where she will go that Saturday.
C. The little boy asked Nga where she would go that Saturday.
45. They will build a hospital in this area.
A. A new hospital will be built in this area.
B. A new hospital will be builded in this area.
C. A new hospital would be built in this area.
II Choose the best answer from the suggested words(1,0 pt)
46.I/wish/you/visit/me/now.
A. I wish you visit me now
B. I wish you will visit me now
56
 C. I wish you visited me now.
D. I wish you will visit me now.
47.Two days ago/I decide/do/my washing.
A. Two days ago I decided to do my washing.
B. Two days ago I decide to do my washing.
C. Two days ago I decide doing my washing.
D. Two days ago I decide to doing my washing.
48.I/look forward/receive/reply.
A. I look forward to receive your reply.
B. I look forward to receiving your reply.
C .I look forward receive your reply.
D.I look forward to receive your reply.
49.If/ he/study/hard,/he/pass/exam .
A. If he study hard , he will pass the exam.
B. If he study hard , he pass the exam.
C. If he studies hard , he will pass the exam.
D. If he study hard , he doesn’t pass the exam.
50.I/suggest/collect/some money.
A. I suggest collect some money
B.I suggest to collecting some money
C.I suggest to collect some money
D.I suggest collecting some money
-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 17
A. VOCABULARY- GRAMMAR- LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
I. Choose the word, phrase or expression that best completes each sentences below .( 5 pts)
1. This is the man _________ will help us with the project.
A. whom B. who C. whose D. Which
2. If it rains tomorrow, we ______ the trip.
A. will cancel B. would cancel C. cancelled D.cancel
3. The tourist: Can you tell me the way to the bus station, please?
You: ______.
A. Great idea! B. Don’t mention it. C. OK.Go straight D.Good
4. He asked me where ______.
A. she was working B. is she working C. she is working D.she works
5. They wish they ______ fly a plane.
A. can B. could C. am able to D.will be able
6. We didn't have enough time, ______we couldn’t visit the museum.
A. but B. so C. however D. and
7. You: Shall we go camping this weekend? - Your friends: ______.
A. That's a good idea B. You’re welcome
C. Yes, you’re right D. Yes, we shall
8. I’m looking forward ______ from you.
A. to hearing B. hearing C. to hear D.hear
9. He laughed ______when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV.
A. happy B. unhappy C. happily D. happiness
10. Before you go to bed, please turn _______ the lights.
A. on B. off C. over D. up
57
11. Trang: Thanks for your help! - Dung:______.
A. You’re welcome. B. Yes, that's very kind of you.
C. You’re right. D.Good
12. Mai: “I’m taking my end-of-term examination next Monday.” - Hoa: ______.
A. I’m very glad B. Have a good time
C. Good luck D. I’m happy
13. This is the first time I ______ to the museum.
A. have been taken B. have taken C. was taken D.took
14.Mai failed the examination. _________, She will have to do the examination again.
A. However B. Therefore C.Because D. but
15. Tuan: Why don’t we go to the cinema this evening? - You: ______
A. Will you join us? B. Yes, let’s! C. I’d like it. D. Welcome to you
16. Students will ______ a two-hour examination at the end of the year.
A. take B. make C. come D. get
17. This job is a lot different______ what I’m used to.
A. with B. from C. about D. to
18. The young birds depend______ their parents for food several weeks.
A. at B. into C. on D.in
19. She was______ that she always came top of the class.
A. so clever B. too clever C. such clever D. clever
20. I could not eat______ I was very hungry.
A. despite B. in spite of C. although D. because
21. English is thought to be______ Math.
A. harder than B. more hard than C. as hard than D. hardest
22. The city will have to find a solution to reduce traffic jams, ______?
A. will it B. won’t it C. won't they D.won’t
23. He made a______ of Roman coins and medals.
A. collect B. collective C. collection D.collected
24. According to our school's regulations, students______ use mobile phones in class.
A. mustn’t B. shouldn’t C. needn’t D. ought to
25. ______ go on a diet, you will not lose weight.
A. If you B. If you not C. Unless you D. Unless you dont

II.Choose the underlined part A, B, C or D that needs correction .(1pt)

26. I am looking forward to see my closest friend after a long time.
A B C D
27. Nam is tallest student in his class.
A B C D
28. Mr. Smith is going to buy a new Japanese car, doesn’t he?
A B C D
29. If I were you, I didn’t buy that expensive car.
A B C D
30. The picture was painting by Michael last year.
A B C D
B. READING:
I. Read and choose the correct option to complete the following passage .(1pt)
Television first (31)___________ some fifty years ago in the 1950s. Since then, it has been one of
the most (32) ________ sources of entertainment for both the old and the young. Television offers
58
cartoons for children, world (33) _________, music and many other programs. If someone is interested
in sports, for instance, he can just choose the right sports channel. There he can enjoy a broadcast of an
international football match(34) ________ it is actually happening. Television is also a very useful
way for companies to advertise their products.
It is not to hard for us to see why there is a TV set in almost every home today. And, engineers are
developing interactive TV (35) __________ allows communication between viewers and producers.
31. A. appeared B. invented C. came D.dicovered
32. A. cheap B. expensive C. popular D. convenient
33. A. goods B. news C. things D. items
34. A. as B. so C. and D. but
35. A. who B. which C. what D. where
II.Read the following passage and choose the correct answer A, B or C. (1 pt)
Christmas is the biggest festival of the year in most of Britain. Celebrations start properly on 24th
December, Christmas Eve, although there have been several weeks of preparation beforehand. The
Christmas tree and all the presents, food, drinks and decorations have been bought. Christmas cards
have already been sent to friends and relations. About one week before Christmas, people usually put
up their decorations and decorate the Christmas tree with lights, various colored decorations and an
angel on the top.
Christmas is a family celebration and many of customs centre on children. When they go to bed on
Christmas Eve, children hang up a pillow case or sack for their presents. Traditionally, it should be a
stocking, but a stocking wouldn’t hold enough their presents today. When they are asleep, Father
Christmas - Santa Claus comes and gives them presents. He travels from North Pole in a sleigh which
is pulled by reindeer.
36. When do people usually start to prepare for Christmas?
A. About December 1st B. About December 21st
C. On December 24th D. On December 25th
37. Why do children usually not hang out a stocking on Christmas Eve?
A. Because it is not traditional.
B. Because they don’t have stockings
C. Because it is not big enough to hold their presents
D. Because it is traditional.
38. What have people bought to prepare for Christmas?
A. presents B. food C. drinks and decorations D. all A, B, C
39. What kind of animals is used to bring Father Christmas to the houses?
A. horses B. reindeer C. dogs D. cat
40. How often does Christmas occur?
A. once every six months B. once every two years
C. once a year D.once every four years
C. WRITING
I. Mark letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
the original sentence in each of the following questions.(1pt)
41. Study hard or you will fail the exam.
A. You don’t fail the exam unless you study har
B. If you don’t study hard, you will fail the exam.
C. You don’t study hard, so you will fail the exam.
D. Because you study hard, you don’t fail the exam.
42. My school has no playground equipment or extra activities.
A. I wish my school had had playground equipment or extra activities.
59
B. I wish my school had playground equipment or extra activities.
C. I wish my school can have playground equipment or extra activities.
D. I wish my school will have playground equipment or extra activities.
43. Children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family. We are pleased about
that.
A. We are pleased about children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
B. We are pleased that children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
C. We are pleased that children allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
D. We are pleased for children to be allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
44. Although his leg was broken, he managed to get out of the car.
A. In spite his broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
B. In spite of his broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
C. In spite his leg broken, he managed to get out of the car.
D. In spite of his leg was broken, he managed to get out of the car.
45. They reported that the troops were coming.
A. It had been reported that the troops were coming.
B. It was being reported that the troops were coming.
C. It was reported that the troops to be coming.
D. It was reported that the troops were coming.
II. Choose correct sentence from suggested words and phrases.(1pt).
46. “What time / you /come home /last night, Mark?” said Tom.
A. Tom asked Mark what time had he come home the previous night.
B. Tom asked Mark what time he had come home last night.
C. Tom asked Mark what time he came home last night.
D. Tom asked Mark what time he had come home the previous night.
47. We/ hardly/ understand/ him/ because/ his accent.
A. We hardly ever can understand him because of his accent.
B. We may hardly understand him because his accent.
C. We hardly understand him because he has his accent.
D. We can hardly understand him because of his accent.
48. he/ retire/ eldest son/ take over/ business.
A. After he retired, his eldest son took over his business.
B. After retiring, his eldest son will take over his business.
C. After he retires, his eldest son will take over a business.
D. After he has retired, his eldest son took over a business.
49. “Close/ books / go out / play”, the teacher said to us.
A. The teacher told us close our books and go out to play.
B. The teacher told us to closing our books and go out to play.
C. The teacher told us closing our books and go out to play.
D. The teacher told us to close our books and go out to play.
50. The patient/ recover/ more/ rapidly/ expected.
A. The patient recovered rapidly he expected more than.
B. The patient has recovered more rapidly he expected.
C. The patient recovered more rapidly than expected.
D. The patient rapidly recovered than he more expected.

ĐỀ SỐ 18

60
A. GRAMMAR, VOCABULARY AND LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
I. Choose the word, phrase or expression that best completes each sentence below.(5pts )
1. If we go on littering, the environment _________seriously polluted.
A. becomes B. will become C. became D. would become
2 The boy was very hungry _________he ate nothing.
A. so B. and C. therefore D. but
3. The man suggests _________to the seaside in the summer.
A. to go B. go C. going D. goes
4. A dripping faucet_________500 liters of water a month.
A. can waste B. is wasted C. waste D. are wasting
5. He sighed _________when he heard the news.
A. sadly B. sad C. sadden D. sadness
6. Please _________the lights. It’s very dark.
A. turn on B. go on C. get on D. put on
7. Not only _________her father, but you will know about his job if you go with us.
A. you meet B. will you meet C. you are meeting D. do you meet
8. The man sat down on the chair _________started to tell the story.
A. so B. and C. or D. because
9. You should travel by bike _________by motorbike to save energy.
A. therefore B. instead of C. however D. because
10. Please go _________with what you’re doing. Don’t look at them!
A. on B. out C. away D. down
11. The new appliance does not only work _________ but also saves energy.
A. effect B. effective C. effectively D. effectiveness
12. Anne: "I think that's worth celebrating. Don't you agree, Charlie?"
Charlie: " __________ "
A. Yes, I do actually. B. No, I agree.
C. Nevermind. D. Yes, I think so.
13.Tom: "You've got a lovely singing voice, Mary."
Mary: " __________ "
A. It's all right. B. Congratulations!
C. Thank you. D. No, thanks.
14. Mary __________ the country by the time this letter reaches her.
A. is going to leave B. will leave C. is leaving D. will have left
15. Most Americans don't object __________ being called by their first names.
A. for B. to C. in D. about
16. Let's go to the library, __________?
A. shall we B. will we C. would we D. should we
17. __________ the rise in unemployment, people still seem to be spending more.
A. While B. Despite C. Meanwhile D. Although
18. The bomb __________ in a crowded street.
A. went out B. went off C. came off D. came out
19. I'm sorry for __________ such a fuss about the unfruitful plan.
A. making B. doing C. paying D. taking
20. Smoke, dirt and noise are all kinds of __________.
A. pollute B. polluting C. pollutants D. polluter
21. The speaker said __________ nothing worth listening to.
A. complete B. completing C. completely D. completion
61
22. This switch is __________ high for him to reach.
A. very B. too C. enough D. so
23. This is the first time I __________ the experiment on plant breeding.
A. have done B. do C. would do D. did
24. I have been invited to a wedding __________ 14 February.
A. in B. of C. on D. at
25. - "You look nice today. I like your new hair style." - " ."
A. It's nice of you to say so B. Shall I? Thanks.
C. Oh, well done! D. I feel interesting to hear that.
II. Choose the underlined words or phrase that needs correcting. (1 pt)
26. The boys are playing soccer over there are from class 9A.
A B C D
27. They told us that they enjoyed to listen to pop music in their free time.
A B C D
28. Physics are very difficult for students to learn.
A B C D
29. Mr. Nam said that he would visit Singapore next year.
A B C D
30. If you won’t study hard, you’ll fail the final exam.
A B C D
B. READING
I. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word. (1 pt)
It has long been suspected that lack of sleep can actually lead to illness, particularly in young
people. Research involving students aged 14-19 over a three-week period now appears to confirm (31)
________.
The teenagers wore devices that recorded the movements they made, without being (32)
________of them, that indicated they were asleep. The results were then compared to the number of
illnesses that they had (33) ________from during the three weeks, in addition to the number of
occasions on which they had been absent from school.
What the study showed was that students who slept (34) ________than seven hours a night
caught colds, flu and other relatively minor illnesses more often. The problem is that as children enter
their teens their natural sleeping patterns change, (35) ________in them going to sleep later and
therefore wanting to wake up later - but they still have to get up in the morning to go to school.
31. A. this B. that C. these D. those
32. A. awake B. aware C. familiar D. sensitive
33. A. caught B. affected C. suffered D. experienced
34. A. more B. smaller C. longer D. fewer
35. A. resulting B. producing C. finishing D. forcing
II. Choose the item that best answers the question about the passage. (1pt)
In the earliest times children got their education directly from parents and other adults. They learned
mainly skills for survival. Adults passed down this knowledge through spoken language. Eventually
cultures around the world began inventing writing. As societies developed they set up schools to teach
reading, writing, maths and other subjects.
The first schools were usually just for boys. Most of the students came from rich and powerful
families. Often the purpose of their education was religious training. In many cultures the religious
leaders formed the highest level of society. Some schools had other purposes as well. Many schools
focused on military training. Sometimes youths attended special schools to learn the art of public
speaking. These skills were meant to help them become future leaders.
62
 Most girls received their education at home. They learned cooking, sewing and other useful
skills. Over time education became available to more people, not just the rich and powerful. The
governments of some countries set up public systems of education in the 1800s. More schools opened
to girls.
During the 1900s marks, or grades, became a new measure of learning. Testing became a regular
part of formal education. As education became more important to people, teachers' colleges opened.
The requirements for becoming a teacher became stricter. Teaching became a highly respected
profession.
36. In the earliest times, children learned mainly skills so that they could________.
A. continue to exist B. pass this knowledge down
C. invent writing D. make societies develop
37. The word “they” in the passage refers to________.
A. cultures B. societies C. schools D. subjects
38. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. The first schools were usually just for boys from rich and powerful families.
B. Art of public speaking was one of the skills that help youths become future leaders.
C. During the 1900s, testing became a regular part of formal education.
D. In the earliest times, knowledge was passed down through written records.
39. The phrase “set up” in the passage could be best replaced by________.
A. made B. based C. founded D. built
40. The best title for the passage could be________.
A. Education in the Earliest Times B. The Development of Education
C. Education in Modern Times D. Testing - a Regular Part of Education
C. WRITING
I. Mark letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
the original sentence in each of the following questions(1pt).
41. We’ll get there early so that we’ll be able to get tickets.
A. If we get there early, we’ll be able to get tickets.
B. If we don’t get there early, we’ll be able to get tickets.
C. If we get there early, we won’t be able to get tickets.
D. Unless we get there early, we’ll be able to get tickets.
42. My dad worked in a factory in the past, but doesn’t work there now.
A. My dad used to working in a factory.
B. My dad used to be working in a factory.
C. My dad used to work in a factory.
D. My dad used to be work in a factory.
43. Mr. Peter has written a lot of articles for the CNN News.
A. A lot of articles have written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
B. A lot of articles have been written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
C. A lot of articles has written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
D. A lot of articles has been written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
44. He is a much slower speaker than my brother.
A. He speaks much more slowly than my brother.
B. He doesn’t speak much more slowly than my brother.
C. He speaks much more quickly than my brother.
D. He doesn’t speak much more quickly as my brother.
45. They often went to school by bike when they were young.
A. They used go to school by bike when they were young.
63
B. They used to going to school by bike when they were young.
C. They used to go to school by bike when they were young.
D. They used to went to school by bike when they were young.
II. Choose correct sentence from suggested words and phrases.(1pt).
46. my/ opinion/ wear/ uniforms/ encourage/ students/ proud/ school//.
A. In my opinion, wear uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
B. In my opinion, wearing uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
C. In my opinion, to wear uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
D. In my opinion, to wearing uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
47. holiday/ be/ so/ disappointing/ they/ decide/ ask/ money/ back//.
A. The holiday was so disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
B. The holiday was such disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
C. The holiday was too disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
D. The holiday was enough disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
48. if/ there/ be/ much/ exhaust fume/ air/ more/ people/ cope/ respiratory problem//.
A. If there is too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory
problem.
B. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory
problem.
C. If there are too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory
problem.
D. If there was too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory
problem.
49. you/ know/ name/ lecturer/ talk/ natural disasters/ workshop/ two days ago/?
A. Do you know the name of the lecturer whom talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days
ago?
B. Do you know the name of the lecturer whose talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days
ago?
C. Do you know the name of the lecturer which talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days
ago?
D. Do you know the name of the lecturer who talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days
ago?
50. We/ought/ submit/assignment/ tomorrow.
A. We ought submit our assignment tomorrow.
B. We ought to submit our assignment tomorrow.
C. We ought to have submitted our assignment tomorrow.
D. We ought have submitted our assignment tomorrow.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 19
A. GRAMMAR - VOCABULARY - LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
I. Choose the word, phrase or expression that best complete each sentence below. (5.0 points)
1. Let’s get a ___________ to make sure there are no cracks in the pipes.
A. electrician B. plumber C. carpenter D. Singer
2. Tet is a festival which occurs ___________ late January or early February.
A. at B. in C. on D. after
3. Tornadoes can suck up anything __________ is in their path.
A. what B. who C. which D. where
64
4. Is she working here? - No, not any more, but she _________
A. use to be B. uses to work C. used to work D. did use to be
5. The teacher suggests _______ something for the poor in our area.
A. we should do B. us to do C. we are doing D. to do
6. Don’t forget to buy me a dictionary, _________?
A. do you B. will you C. don’t you D. Did you
7. The examiner didn’t tell me _________ I passed or not.
A. whether B. how C. if D. why
8. ____________ their parents allowed them to go on a camping trip, they don’t want to join it.
A. Even though B. Therefore C. However D. So
9. If my English _________ good, I’d feel confident at interviews.
A. am B. were C. wasn’t D. had been
10. Be positive! You must never ________!
A. keep on B. give up C. fall out
D. get up
11. Most people prefer flying ________ going by sea because it’s much faster.
A. from B. than C. to D. over
12. He laughed __________when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV.
A. happy B. unhappy C. happiness D. happily
13. The Ao Dai is the __________ dress of Vietnamese women.
A. beautiful B. traditional C. casual D. modern
14. It’s raining, __________ we can’t go out.
A. so B. therefore C. however D. but
15. Nguyen Du is considered a famous Vietnamese__________.
A. poetry B. poem C. poet D. poetic
16. Many people became __________ after the disaster.
A. homeland B. homesick C. homeless D. homework
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s)
in each of the following questions.
17. I only have time to tell you the main idea of it, not the details.
A. story B. gist C. list D. start
18. Wildlife on Earth is disappearing fast and will continues to do so unless urgent action is
taken.
A. vanishing B. damaging C. polluting D. destroying
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
19. Fruit and vegetables grew in abundance on the island. The islanders even exported the surplus.
A. large quantity B. small quantity C. excess D. sufficiency
20. I think that the local authority should prohibit and fine heavily anyone catching fish in this lake.
A. allow B. discourage C. recognize D. agree
21. “I’ve passed my driving test.” – “ ____________.”
A. Congratulations! B. That’s a good idea. C. It’s nice of you to say so D. I am sorry.
22. “I’m taking my end-of-term exam next week.” – “ _____________!”
A. Cheers B. Good luck C. Congratulations D. Okay. Thanks
23. “Have a nice weekend!” – “ ____________.”
A. I hope so B. What about you C. The same to you D. No, I
don’t
24. “Would you mind taking me to the airport?” – “ ____________”
65
A. No, of course not B. Please do C. Never mind D. That’s too bad.
25. “Many people died in the accident.” – “ ____________!”
A. Wow B. That’s awful C. That’s great D. Alright
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases in each sentence below that need correcting. (1.0
point)
26. I saw the men and his buffalo which went to the field.
A B C D
27. There is no water in the house. If there is, we could cook dinner.
A B C D
28. She did her test careful last week.
A B C D
29. Would you mind if I turn on the lights? It’s too dark for me to read.
A B C D
30. They asked me what did happen last night, but I was unable to tell them.
A B C D
B. READING
I. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the correct word that best
fits each of the numbered blanks. (1.0 point)
It is estimated that about three billion people use the Internet computer network around the
world. Most people use the Internet to (31) _______information or for entertainment. A new study,
however, shows US that almost 10% of Internet users are using it SO often that it is seriously harming
their lives. The study (32) _______that these people may find it difficult to stop using the Internet
because they have become addicted. Someone who is addicted finds it extremely difficult to stop (33)
_______activity. According to a psychologist in the field. 30% of Internet users claim that they use the
Internet to escape from (34) _______or emotions. The study also shows that having a chat or discussion
with strangers on the Internet is one of the most (35) _______activities.
31. A. take B. get C. make D. catch
32.A. says B. speaks C. converses D. tells
33. A. the B. a C. an D. Ø Ø
34. A. trouble B. nuisance C. dangers D. problems
35. A. liking B. desired C. addictive D. hunted
II. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the questions. (1.0 point)
One of the biggest trends in television in recent years has been the rise of “Reality TV”. These
shows, in which ordinary people are placed in unusual situations and then filmed without a script, have
become some of the highest rating shows on television. Early programs of this genre, including Big
Brother (from the Netherlands) and Survivor (from the United States), have led to dozens of copycat
programs in many different countries. A common element to many of these programs is that a number
of contestants are placed in a closed environment in which they are filmed 24 hours a day, and every
week contestants are thrown off the show. What is it about these shows that makes them so popular?
Perhaps it is because viewers enjoy watching ordinary people with real emotions being placed in
extraordinary, situations. Or perhaps it is that people are really voyeurs - they enjoy being a spy,
looking secretly into other people’s lives.

36. In recent years, "Reality TV has become more and more_______.

A. interesting B. unusual C. popular D. enjoyable
37. The underlined word ‘‘which” in the passage refers to_______.
A. a common element B. a closed environment C. every week D. the show
66
38. We can see that Big Brother is_______.
A. from the Netherlands B. from the United States C. a copycat program D. shown in many
different countries
39. What is true about “Reality TV”?
A. They are made by ordinary people. B. They create many copycat programs.
C. They describe people’s lives. D. They are filmed without a script.
40. We can infer from the passage that_______.
A. “Reality TV” used to be more trendy.
B. “Reality TV" is becoming more and more competitive
C. viewers enjoy watching something real but unusual
D. viewers can become spies to look into other people’s lives
C. WRITING
I. Mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meanin, to each of the
following questions. (1.0 point)
41. “I will help you,” Bob said to me. D. I’m too busy to listen to your complaining.
A. Bob told me he would help me. 44. I didn't arrive in time to see her.
B. Bob asked me to help him. A. I was early enough but I didn't see her.
C. Bob said that he would help you. B. She was late so I couldn’t see her.
D. Bob warned me that he would help her. C. I wasn't early enough to see her.
42. They had decorated the tree with colored balls. D. I am so late that I can't see her.
A. Colored balls had been decorated under the tree. 45. “I would study Japanese if I were you,” my
B. The tree had been decorated with colored balls. friend said.
C. They had decorated colored balls and the tree. A. My friend said that she was studying Japanese.
D. With colored balls the tree had looked beautiful. B. My friend advised me to study Japanese.
43. I don’t want to hear you complaining any more. C. I told my friend she should study Japanese.
A. I’ve had enough of your complaining. D. My friend said that she wanted to study
B. I wish to hear you complaining more and more. Japanese.
C. Why don’t you complain more?
II. Choose the correct sentence A, B, c, or D that is built front the words and phrases given. (1.0
point)
46. We/ought/ submit/assignment/ tomorrow. A. After he retired, his eldest son took over his
A. We ought submit our assignment tomorrow. business.
B. We ought to submit our assignment tomorrow. B. After retiring, his eldest son will take over his
C. We ought to have submitted our assignment business.
tomorrow. C. After he retires, his eldest son will take over a
D. We ought have submitted our assignment business.
tomorrow. D. After he has retired, his eldest son took over a
47. We/ hardly/ understand/ him/ because/ his business.
accent. 49. The patient/ recover/ more/ rapidly/ expected.
A. We hardly ever can understand him because of A. The patient recovered rapidly he expected more
his accent. than.
B. We may hardly understand him because his B. The patient has recovered more rapidly he
accent. expected.
C. We hardly understand him because he has his C. The patient recovered more rapidly than
accent. expected.
D. We can hardly understand him because of his D. The patient rapidly recovered than he more
accent. expected.
48. he/ retire/ eldest son/ take over/ business.
67
50. She suggest/ take/ plane today/ or/ go/ train C. She suggested taking the plane today or we
tomorrow should go by train tomorrow.
A. She suggested that we should take the plane D. She suggested to take the plane today or to go
today or going by train tomorrow. by train tomorrow.
B. She suggested taking the plane today or going
by train tomorrow.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 20
PART A: GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the word, phrase or expression that best completes each sentence (5.0 points):
1. It’s too hot here. Could you ___________ the air conditioner?
A. turn on B. turn off C. turn out D. turn back
2. That is the man ___________ helped me yesterday.
A. which B. what C. who D. where
3. You have never seen this film before, ____________?
A. haven’t you B. didn’t you C. have you D. don’t you
4. Tuan is reading a book___________ by Shakespeare.
A. write B. wrote C. written D. is written
5. I wish I ___________ a smart phone to study English.
A. have B. had C. could D. did
6. I suggest that we ___________ something for the poor.
A. doing B. to do C. should do D. did
7. We didn't have enough time, ___________we couldn’t visit the museum.
A. but B. so C. however D. or
8. The floor is very dirty. It needs ___________.
A. cleaning B. to clean C. to be cleaning D. cleaned
9. He asked me where ___________.
A. she is working B. is she working
C. she was working D. was she working
10. Hoa came to school late yesterday ___________ the traffic was bad.
A. though B. therefore C. and D. because
11. I saw your school’s _____________in today’s edition of the Vietnam News.
A. advertise B. advertisement C. advertising D. adverse
12. I can complete a _____________ English test if you want.
A. spoke B. spoken C. speaking D. speak
13. The government supplied the victims______ food and water.
A. with B. on C. for D. of
14. Is she working here? - No, not any more, but she _________
A. use to be B. uses to work C. used to work D. used to working
15. Mother’s day is the day _______ the children show their love to their mothers.
A. when B. which C. where D. How
16. Hoa’s parents _______ are farmers work very hard to earn their living
A. who B. whom C. which D. that
17. ____________ their parents allowed them to go on a camping trip, they don’t want to join it.
A. Even though B. Therefore C. However D.Because
18. We think that Mother’s day should be celebrated _______.
A. nationhood B. nationwide C. national D. nationality
68
19. If I _________a flower, I’d be a sunflower.
A. am B. were C. was D. had been
20. She's at her best when she________ big decisions.
A. is making B. will make C. makes D. making
21. Tom: “Why don’t we go to the cinema now?” – Peter: “____________”
A. Will you join us? B. Yes, let’s C. I’d like it D. What play is it?
22. Let me congratulate you on passing the examination.
A. Yes, let's. B. Not at all.
C. I’m sorry. I can’t. D. It’s nice of you to say so.
23. - "May I speak to the manager, please? - "____________."
A. Well done B. Yes, I'd love to C. Certainly D. Thanks
24. Shall we go camping this weekend?
A. No, I don’t mind. B. You’re welcome.
C. Yes, you’re right. D. That's a good idea.
25. - "Do you mind if I use your phone?" - "____________"
A. Yes, I do. B. No, of course not.
C. Good luck! D. Nothing impossible!
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting. (1.0 point)
26. A lot of sea creatures will preserve if people stop using dynamite for fishing.
A B C D
27. I don’t know where is Joe; he could be at home.
A B C D
28. The taxi driver told me that he will take me to the hotel.
A B C D
29. Happiness is a most important thing in my life. Nothing is more valuable than it.
A B C D
30. Your brother hardly goes to work by bus, doesn’t he ?
A B C D
PART B: READING:
I. Read the passage and choose the correct answer A,B or C for each gap. (1.0 point)
New Year is one of the most important (31)_____ in the United States. On New Year’s Eve, most
people go to the parties. At twelve o’clock at night, everyone (32)_____ “Happy New Year” and they
wish their friends and relatives good luck. New Year’s Eve is usually a long night to many people.
They don’t go home until morning. Another holiday, Halloween, is mainly (33)_____ children. On this
holiday, children dress as witches, ghosts or others. Most children go from house to house asking for
candy or fruit. (34)_____ the people at the house don’t give them candy, the children will play a trick
on them. But this hardly ever happens. (35)_____ people give them candy or fruit.
31. A. celebrations B. contests C. meetings D. seasons
32. A. tells B. says C. talks D. speaks
33. A. in B. at C. on D. for
34. A. Although B. Whether C. If D. Even though
35. A. Little B. Much C. Many D. None
II. Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B or C to each question below. (1.0 point)
Pollution can be seen not only throughout the world, but also in our own homes. It comes from
household chemicals, the amount of water people use and the waste people produce and throw away.
What can be done to stop this pollution? Surprisingly, a person can help save the environment by doing
simple things.

69
 First, we need to recycle, which allows products to be used over and over again. Recycling can also
reduce the number of trees cut down to produce paper products. It takes very little effort. It is not hard
to place plastic and glass bottles, aluminum cans and paper in a bin. Anyone can do it.
Second, we need to watch the amount of water used in the home. It can be conserved by taking short
showers instead of baths, repairing leaky faucets, using the dishwasher or washing machine only when
fully loaded, or simply turning the faucet off while brushing your teeth.
Third, we need to reduce waste. We need to recycle whenever possible, but should also try to use
this waste effectively. For example, grass clippings and food scraps can be made into compost for
plants. The average person produces 4.3 pounds of waste every day, but we can reduce that amount by
recycling and reusing.
If we do our part in our own homes, we can help keep the planet from becoming more polluted.
Questions
36. How many ways of saving the environment are mentioned in the passage?
A. one B. two C. three
37. The word “It” in paragraph 2 refers to
A. the number B. recycling C. effort
38. In order to save water, we can do the following things EXCEPT
A. take short showers B. repair leaky faucets C. fully use the washing machine
39. Which of the following statements are TRUE according to the passage?
A. We can only see environment throughout the world
B. We can reduce waste by means of recycling and reusing
C. Recycling takes great effort
40. What is the topic of the passage?
A. Saving the environment in homes
B. Causes of environment pollution
C. Effects of environment pollution
PART C: WRITING
I. Choose the correct sentence A, B, c, or D that is built from the words and phrases given.
41. world’s oceans/ vast/ cope/ present levels/ pollution
A. The world’s oceans are too vast to cope with the present levels of pollution.
B. The world’s oceans are vast and cope with the present levels of pollution.
C. The world’s oceans are vast though they can cope with the present levels of pollution.
D. The world’s oceans are so vast that they can cope with the present levels of pollution.
42. It/ better/ play safe/ exams/ give/ original answer
A. It is better to play safe in exams than to give an original answer.
B. It often better playing safe in exams than to give an original answer.
C. It is better to play safe in exams than giving an original answer.
D. It often better playing safe in exams than giving an original answer.
43. She suggest/ take/ plane today/ or/ go/ train tomorrow
A. She suggested that we should take the plane today or going by train tomorrow.
B. She suggested taking the plane today or going by train tomorrow.
C. She suggested taking the plane today or we should go by train tomorrow.
D. She suggested to take the plane today or to go by train tomorrow.
44. robots/ use/ more/ free/ people/ do/ housework
A. Robots should use and free people to do more housework.
B. Robots would be used to free people can do more housework.
C. Robots should be used more to free people from doing housework.
D. Robots use is free, so people do for them more housework.
70
45. The patient/ recover/ more/ rapidly/ expected.
A. The patient recovered rapidly he expected more than.
B. The patient has recovered more rapidly he expected.
C. The patient recovered more rapidly than expected.
D. The patient rapidly recovered than he more expected.

II. Mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
46. They can’t work. They are too tired.
A. When they are too tired, they can work.
B. Because they can’t work, they’re too tired.
C. They are tired but they think they can work.
D. They are so tired that they cannot work.
47. You may get cold on the mountain, so take the coat.
A. To take the coat you will get cold on the mountain.
B. In case you’re cold on the mountain, you should take a coat.
C. If you didn’t take a coat, you’d be cold on the mountain.
D. If you get cold on the mountain, you can take the coat.
48. In population, Los Angeles is not as big as New York.
A. New York is bigger than Los Angeles.
B. Los Angeles is more densely-populated than New York.
C. New York is not as crowded as Los Angeles.
D. New York is bigger than Los Angeles in population.
49. The children couldn’t go swimming because it was too cold.
A. The children were not warm enough to go swimming.
B. It was not warm enough but the children went swimming.
C. It was not warm enough for the children to go swimming.
D. It was too cold, so the children had to stay at home.
50. If I hadn't had so much work to do, I would have gone to the movies.
A.I never go to the movies if 1 had work to do.
B. Because I had to do so much work, I couldn't go to the movies.
C. I would go to the movies when I had done so much work.
D.A lot of work couldn't prevent me from going to the movies.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 21
A. GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C to complete the sentences. (5.0 point)
1. My mother is often _________ last person to go to bed in my family.
A. a B. Ø C. the D. an
th
2. This monument _________ in the 17 century.
A. has been built B. was built C. has built D. is built
3. I suggest _________ off the faucet after using.
A. turning B. turn C. turns D. to turn
4. The man and animals _________ you saw on TV were from Japan.
A. which B. that C. who D. where
5. He wants to buy a new motorbike. _________, it is expensive.
A. However B. Therefore C. But D. Though
71
6. If I _________ his address I’d give it to you.
A. know B. would know C. knew D. knows
7. She wondered how _________ that kind of cake.
A. make B. making C. made D. to make
8. They studied _________, for example, they thought about how the Moon changed.
A. technology B. psychology C. astronomy D. biology
9. _________ that Ha Long Bay is the best destination in the north of Viet Nam.
A. People are believed B. They are believed C. It believes D. It is believed
10. Parents need to encourage a(n)_________ of responsibility in their children.
A. feeling B. taste C. sound D. sense
11. If you get up early, you _________late.
A. weren't B. wouldn't be C. aren't D. won't be
12. When he lived in the city, he _________to the theater twice a week.
A. uses to go B. has gone C. used to go D. was going
13 My father asked us _________too much time playing computer games.
A. not to spending B. did not spend C. not to spend D. to not spent
14. Nobody went to the party, _________?
A. does he B. do they C. didn’t they D. did they
15. Tomorrow we'll go to Noi Bai Airport to meet Maryam, _________comes from Malaysia.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
16. Mike: Why don’t we spend the weekend on the beach? - Susan: _________.
A. Yes, that’s a good idea. B. I’m glad you like it.
C. Yes, it’s very informative. D. Twenty five kilometers at least.
17. Hoa: Let me congratulation you on passing the exam. - Mai: _________.
A. Well done. B. Thanks. C. Yes, please. D. I’m very happy.
18. Ms Hoa: "That's a great painting." Nam: "____________________"
A. Not at all B. It's nice of you to say so C. I'd love to D. Yes. It is
19. Nga: "Thank you very much" Ba: "______"
A. Are you worried B. You're welcome C. Not all D. Ok
20. Boy: "Would you like a glass of green tea ?" Girl: "______"
A. No, let’s not B. No, I don't C. No, thanks D. No. I wouldn’t
21. I will_______ you this book if you promise to return it next week.
A. offer B. borrow C. lend D. allow
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word in each of the following questions.
22. The Internet is available only in cities and towns, so we cannot easily get access to it in the
countryside.
A. visiting B. existing C. safe D. helpful
23. What benefits does TV bring about to people's life?
A. difficulties B. disadvantages C. advantages D. pictures
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
24. Playing computer games for too long is not good for our eyesight.
A. careful B. effective C. harmful D. enormous
25. The Ministry of Health is carrying out a health project for the poor in mountainous regions and rural
areas.
A. urban B. mountainous C. suburban D. coastal

72
II - Identify the underlined word/ phrase that needs correcting to become an exact one.
26. It was not easy for us getting tickets for the concert.
A B C D
27. Would you mind turn on the lights, please? It’s too dark for me to read.
A B C D
28. Your brother hardly goes to work by bus, doesn’t he ?
A B C D
29. After living in London for two months, my brother got used to drive on the left
A B C D
30. Though they were poor, they had money enough to buy food and clothes for their family.
A B C D
B. READING: (2.5 point)
I. Read the passage, then choose the best answer
Over the last century, there have been many changes in the way we live. About ten years ago, people
couldn’t travel long distances in a short period of time. The planes were not popular because they used
to be a very expensive. Nowadays, we have comfortable cars and more and more people also travel
by plane. Moreover, in the past people had to work much harder as they did not have tools which made
their work easier. Today, most of the difficult and dangerous work is done by computers and other
machines. In the past the conditions of living were not as comfortable as they are now. There were
not bathrooms and running water in many houses. In the past, there were fewer schools and the quality
of the education they provided was much poorer than it is now. Another difference is that in the past there
were not that many sources of entertainment. Therefore people used to spend more time with their family
and friends.
31. Why were the planes not popular about ten years ago?
A. Because they were not cheap.
B. Because there were not many planes.
C. Because people had to travel long distances to the airports.
D. Because they were not expensive.
32. How did people in the past work?
A. They didn’t have to work hard. C. They didn’t have to work.
B. They had to work hard. D. They had to work hard only at home.
33. When is most of work done by computers and other machines?
A. In the past B. Today C. In the future D. In last century
34. Today, education is _____ it was in the past.
A. as bad as B. as good as C. worse than D. better than
35. What’s the passage about?
A. Life in the past C. Life in the past and life nowadays
B. Life nowadays D. The advantages of the life today
II. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word that
best fits each of the numbered blanks.
In England, there is a traditional belief that whoever first arrives at the threshold of the
household will bring good luck to the family for the coming year. The tradition is (36) _______ ‘First
Footing’. As part of ‘First Footing’ tradition, English people pray for a young, healthy, handsome, and
dark-haired male to be their first footer of the New Year. A woman, a blonde, or a red-colored person is
not welcome for the day, (37) _______they are considered to bring bad luck for the entire year.
Moreover, if that person carries coal, money, bread, salt, or holy mistletoe with him, then it is
considered to be a (38) _______ of good luck and prosperity for the rest of the year. Traditionally, the
first footer is meant to follow certain customs and traditions. One of them is that the first footer (39)
73
_______always enter the house from the front door, and exit from the back door. Also, the first footer
should place the fuel (as carried along) on the fire, should place the loaf on the table, and should (40)
_______water on the head of the householder. Tradition also calls for gifting of the mistletoe by the
visitor to any household member.
36. A. called B. known C. thought D. believed
37. A. although B. yet C. whereas D. as
38. A. notice B. sign C. warning D. coming
39. A. may B. would C. should D. could
40. A. flow B. flood C. pour D. empty

C. WRITING: (2.5 point)

I. Choose the sentence A, B, C, or D that is closet in meaning to each of the sentences (2.5p)
41. She is more responsible than her brother.
A. She is less responsible than her brother.
B. Her brother is more responsible than her.
C. She is as responsible as her brother.
D. Her brother isn't as responsible as she is.
42. What a pity! I can’t answer this question.
A. I wish I can answer this question.
B. I wish I couldn’t answer this question.
C. I wish I could answer this question.
D. I wish I can’t answer this question.
43. After finishing the work at the office, she went home.
A. Before she went home, she had finished the work at the office.
B. After she went home, she finished the work at the office.
C. Before she went home, she finished the work at the office.
D. She had gone home after she finished the work at the office.
44. Harry no longer smokes a lot.
A. Harry now smokes a lot.
B. Harry used to smoke a lot.
C. Harry didn’t use to smoke a lot.
D. Harry rarely smoked a lot.
45. He cannot afford a new computer.
A. The new computer is so expensive but he can buy it.
B. Therefore, he would buy a new computer.
C. So, he would buy a new computer.
D. The new computer is so expensive that he cannot buy it.

II. Choose the correct sentence A, B, C, or D that is built from the words and phrases given.
46. world’s oceans/ vast/ cope/ present levels/ pollution
A. The world’s oceans are too vast to cope with the present levels of pollution.
B. The world’s oceans are vast and cope with the present levels of pollution.
C. The world’s oceans are vast though they can cope with the present levels of pollution.
D. The world’s oceans are so vast that they can cope with the present levels of pollution.
47. It/ better/ play safe/ exams/ give/ original answer
A. It is better to play safe in exams than to give an original answer.
B. It often better playing safe in exams than to give an original answer.
C. It is better to play safe in exams than giving an original answer.
74
 D. It often better playing safe in exams than giving an original answer.
48. She suggest/ take/ plane today/ or/ go/ train tomorrow
A. She suggested that we should take the plane today or going by train tomorrow.
B. She suggested taking the plane today or going by train tomorrow.
C. She suggested taking the plane today or we should go by train tomorrow.
D. She suggested to take the plane today or to go by train tomorrow.
49. robots/ use/ more/ free/ people/ do/ housework
A. Robots should use and free people to do more housework.
B. Robots would be used to free people can do more housework.
C. Robots should be used more to free people from doing housework.
D. Robots use is free, so people do for them more housework.
50. The reporter/wanted/know/why/I/not/ taken/ a picture/ when/ I/ had seen. the UFO.
A. The reporter wanted know why I hadn’t taken a picture when I had seen the UFO.
B. The reporter wanted know why I didn’t taken a picture when I had seen the UFO.
C. The reporter wanted to know why I hadn’t taken a picture when I had seen the UFO.
D. The reporter wanted to know why I didn’t taken a picture when I had seen the UFO.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ 22
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR + LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (5,0 pts)
1.The children laughed _________when they are watching a comic.
A. happily B. happy C. happiness D. unhappy
2 ________ he worked hard, he couldn’t pass the exam.
A. So B. Because of C. Even though D. Therefore
3. Thuy's grandmother turned the television _________ to see the weather forecast.
A. off B. on C. up D. down
4. I really like the book _________ you bought yesterday.
A. whom B. who C. which D. when
5. He will be in Ha Noi from Tuesday _______ Sunday.
A. in B. on C. to D. for
6. My house _________many years ago
A. is built B. built C. was built D. has been built
7. The doctor _________me not to stay up too late at night.
A. advised B. suggested C. insisted D. forced
8. Tomorrow we'll go to the airport to meet a friend_________comes from England.
A.who B. whom C. whose D. that
9. His house looks very large and beautiful. It is _________house.
A. a seven-room B. a seven-rooms C. seven room D. seven rooms
10. If you get up early, you _________late.
A. weren't B. wouldn't be C. aren't D. won't be
11. It's very hot today. I wish I _________on the beach
A. am B. was C. were D. would be
12. When he lived in the city, he _________to the theater twice a week.
A. uses to go B. has gone C. used to go D. is used to going
13. My father asked us _________too much time playing computer games.
A. not to spending B. did not spend C. not to spend D. to not spent
13. I hurried____________I wouldn’t be late for class.
75
 A.since B.so that C. as if D. unless
15. If I were a flower, I _________a sunflower.
A. was B. were C. will be D. would be
16. Nobody went to the party, _________?
A. does he B. do they C. didn’t they D. did they
17. It is nearly 3 months _________he visited his parents.
A. while B. during C. since D. when
18. We feel _______ that all of you will get good marks in this test.
A. bored B. hopeful C. sorry D. disappointed
19. If we _________enough time, we’ll study this exercise more carefully.
A. will have B. have C. had D. would have
20. What would you do, if you _________a UFO?
A. see B. saw C. would see D. had seen
21. A: Would you mind lending me your bike?
A. Yes, here it is B. No, not at all C. Yes, let’s D. Good idea
22. A: Would you like to have lunch with us?
A. All right B. Yes, I would C. No, I wouldn’t like D. Yes, I’d love to
23. A: Why don’t we go for a picnic this weekend?
A. What do you suggest? B. Yes, please
C. How’s that? D. That’s a good idea
24. A: Congratulations on your winning
A. You’re welcome B. That’s very kind of you
C. No, thanks D. Yes, of course
25. A: Shall I get a taxi for you?
A. Yes, I’d love to B. Oh, that would be nice
C. Let’s do D. Yes, why not?
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (1,0 pt)
26. The picture was painting by Michael last year.
A B C D
27. There’s the woman who she sold me the handbag.
A B C D
28. During the war, our government received few information about the situation.
A B C D
29. You can see that the room has been beautiful decorated for Christmas.
A B C D
30. Lan didn’t go to the cinema with her friends last Saturday evening because her sickness.
A B C D
B. READING
I. Read the passage. Choose the option A, B, C or D that best fits each gap. (1,0 pt)
I went to Australia on a student program last year and I like to (31)_______you about it. I was
very (32)_______when I knew I was going to Australia because I had never been there before. I didn’t
think about the problems of speaking English (33)_______I met my host family. At first I couldn’t
communicate with them because my English was so bad. All the five years I had been learning English
wasn’t much used at all (34)_______we didn’t have real practice at school. Even though my grammar
was good, my pronunciation wasn’t. My problem is (35)_______ ‘l’ and ‘r’. For example, Australian
people often asked “What do you eat in Vietnam?” I wanted to tell them that we eat rice, but they didn’t
understand when I said “We eat lice”…
31. A. say B. tell C. talk D. speak
76
32. A. exciting B. excites C. excited D. excite
33. A. after B. until C. when D. while
34. A. although B. even C. because D. so
35. A. pronouncing B. speaking C. reading D. telling
II. Read the passage carefully then choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question
below. (1,0 pt)
To do well at school, college or university you usually need to do well in exams. All the students hate
exams’ may be a generalization, but it is fairly true one. Certainly, all of the students I’ve known
disliked doing exams. None of them thought that the exam system was fair; to do well in an exam you
simply had to be able to predict the questions which would be asked. This was the case as regards two
students in my class at college. Both of them were exceptionally bright, but in the final year exam
neither of them got an A grade. In fact, they both got Cs. The exam had tested us on questions which
had come up the previous year. They had both assumed that the same questions wouldn’t come up
again, and hadn’t prepared for them.
36. Students need todo well in exams…………………....
A. in order to do well at school.
B. Because they need to do well at school .
C. So that to do well at school
D. Therefore they have to do well at school
37. The statement All the students hate exams is………………………….
A. extremely true B. completely true C. quite true D. very true.
38. Which of the following sentences is Not true ?
A. All of the students the writter have known thought that the exam systerm was unfair.
B. To do well in an exam you simply had the ability to predict the questions which would be
asked.
C. None of the students the writter have known disliked doing exams.
D. All the students hate exams’ is fairy true generalization
39. Why did the two students in the writers class get C garades in the final exam?
A. Because the exam was really difficult.
B. Because they didn’t prepare for the questions that had come up the previous year.
C. Because they were dull students.
D. Because the questions weren’t in their lessons.
40. The writers main purpose of writing the passage is to………………………………...
A. describe the importantance of exams.
B. discuss how exams effect on the students.
C. expalin the equality in examinations.
D. criticize the exam system.
C. WRITING
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (1,0 pt)
41. It's a pity I'm going to work tomorrow.
A. I wish I would not be going to work tomorrow.
B. I wish I am not be going to work tomorrow.
C. I wish I will not be going to work tomorrow.
D. Taking exercise is known that it be good for your health
42. “I’m leaving here for Hue tomorrow,” she said.
A. She said that she is leaving leave there for Hue the day after.
B. She said that she was leaving leave there for Hue the day after.
C. She said that she would leaving leave there for Hue the day after.
77
 D. She said that she is leaving leave here for Hue the day after.
43. My sister is not old enough to ride a bicycle
A.My sister is so young to ride a bike
B.My sister is too young to ride a bike
C. My sister is too young that she can’t ride a bike.
D. My sister is not young enough to ride a bike
44. Although she was old, she looked very graceful
A. Despite her age, she looked very graceful.
B. Despite she was old, she looked very graceful.
C. In spite of very old, she looked very graceful.
D. In spite her being old, she looked very graceful.
45.The elephant is the heaviest animal in the world
A.No animal in the world is as heavy as the elephant
B. The elephant is the heaviest than any other animal in the world.
C. No animal in the world is heavier as the elephant.
D. The elephant is heavier than some animals in the world
I. Choose the best sentence that can be made from the cues given. (1,0 pt)
46. Daily / newspapers / publish / Germany / 1650 / not / it / ?
A. Daily newspaper will be published in Germany at 1650, won’t it?
B. The daily newspaper published in the Germany in 1650, didn’t it?
C. One daily newspaper is published in Germany on 1650, isn’t it?
D. A daily newspaper was published in Germany in 1650, wasn’t it?
47. Teacher / ask / me / if / speak / English / fluent /.
A. The teacher asks me if I speak an English fluent.
B. The teacher asked me if I spoke English fluently.
C. The teacher asks me if I can speak English fluent.
D. The teacher asked me if do I speak English fluently.
48. Everyone / feel/ hurry / so / sit / down / under / tree / and / have / snack/.
A. Everyone feel hungry, so he sits down under a tree and has snack.
B. Everyone felt hungry, so we sat down under a tree and had a snack.
C. Every one felt hungry, so they sat down under a tree and had a snack.
D. Everyone feels hungry, so you sit down under a tree and have snack.
49. She / spend / free time / volunteer work
A.She spends her free time doing volunteer work.
B. She spends free time to do volunteer work.
C.She spend her free time doing volunteer work.
D. She spends her free time for doing volunteer work.
50. We/ hardly/ understand/ him/ because/ his accent.
A. We hardly ever can understand him because of his accent.
B. We may hardly understand him because his accent.
C. We hardly understand him because he has his accent.
D. We can hardly understand him because of his accent.
-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ 23
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR + LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (5,0 pts)
1. I wish I ___________tall enough to be a member of the basketball team.
A. am B. were C. will be D. have been
78
2. He is tired now ________ he stayed up late watching TV last night.
A. so B. because C. but D. and
3. This book is not______________ as that book.
A. as interesting B. so interesting C. A & B are correct D. more intereting
4. Auld Lang Syne is a song _______ is sung on New Year's Eve.
A. when B. whom C. who D. which
5. I suggest _________ tree leaves to wrap food instead of plastic bags.
A. use B. to use C. using D. used
6. In the past, children went _________ even in winter. They didn’t have shoes or sandals.
A. bare-footed B. swimming C. on foot D. shopping
7. If he ________ hard today, he will have a holiday tomorrow.
A. works B. will work C. worked D. would work
8. I asked Minh what he __________the next week.
A. do B. will do C. would do D. had done
9. I think She can will find a good job because she speaks English _________.
A. fluent B. bad C. good D. fluently
10. They _________the old building so that they could build a supermarket there.
A. set up B. passed down C. pulled down D. give up
11. They are not_________to take part in this program of the World Health Organization.
A. so old B. old enough C. enough old D. as old
12. The football match was postponed _________the bad weather.
A. despite B. in spite C. because D. because of
13. Peter doesn’t like scuba-diving. _________does his brother.
A. Too B. Neither C. So D. Either
14. If I had the map now, I_________a short-cut across the desert.
A. could have taken B. take C. could take D. can take
15. If I were you, I would advise _________the new teaching method.
A. try B. trying C. to try D. tries
16. My father is very busy. _________, he is always willing to give a hand with the housework.
A. Despite B. Although C. However D. Therefore
17. It was_________hot day that we decided to leave work early.
A. such B. so C. so a D. such a
18. The nurse was on .......... in the hospital all night.
A. work B. alarm C. duty D. service
19. you needn't worry so much, .......... ?
A. isn't it B. need you C. do you D. aren't they
20.We waste a lot of time ......... unnecessary things.
A. do B. to do C. doing D. for doing
21. – Congratulation, Trang! You’ve won the first prize in the speaking contest. - ________.
A. Well done. B. That’s a good idea.
C. Thank you. D. All right.
22. Mary: “Can I carry your bag?” Tom: “______”
A. No, you can’t. B. It’s all right, thanks.
C. Never mind. D. No, not at all.
23. Mr. Minh: “I am having a test tomorrow” – Ba: “_______________”
A. Great. Thanks. B. Good luck!
C. Have a nice day! D. All right.
24. A: Why don’t we go for a picnic this weekend?
79
 A. What do you suggest? B. Yes, please
C. How’s that? D. That’s a good idea
25. Ellen: “_________?” ~ Tom: “He’s tall and thin with blue eyes.”
A. How is John doing B. What does John like
C. What does John look like D. Who does John look like
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (1,0 pt)
26. I saw the men, the women and the cattle which went to the field.
A B C D
27. Look at the two dictionarys and you will see they are the same in some ways.
A B C D
28. There is no water in the house. If there is, we could cook dinner.
A B C D
29. She did her test careful last week.
A B C D
30. Would you mind turn on the lights, please? It’s too dark for me to read.

B. READING
I. Read the passage. Choose the option A, B, C or D that best fits each gap. (1,0 pt)
It can be shown in facts and figures that cycling is the cheapest, most convenient, and most
environmentally desirable form of transport (31)______ towns, but such cold calculations do not mean
much on a frosty winter morning. The real appeal of cycling is that it is so (32)______. It has none of the
difficulties and tensions of other ways of travelling so you are more cheerful after a ride, even through
the rush hour.
The first thing a non-cyclist says to you is: “But isn’t it (33) ______ dangerous?” It would be
foolish to deny the danger of sharing the road with motor vehicles and it must be admitted that there are
an alarming (34) ______ of accidents involving cyclists. However, although police records (35) ______
that the car driver is often to blame, the answer lies with the cyclist. It is possible to ride in such a way
as to reduce risks to a minimum.
31. A. in B. at C. to D. on
32. A. boring B. careful C. enjoyable D. excited
33. A. expectedly B. strangely C. terribly D. comfortably
34. A. size B. number C. deal D. digit
35. A. point B. indicate C. display D. exhibit

II. Read the passage carefully then choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question
below. (1,0 pt)
Almost every language in the world has dialects, and American English is no exception. At the
present time there is an interesting study on American speech habits. This study has shown that
different words are frequently used in different parts of the country to denote the same thing. For
example, in the east, Americans use the word “soda” to denote a soft drink. In some parts of the west, a
soft drink is “tonic”. Such differences are usually a source of conversation and sometimes
misunderstanding happens. Speech and life all over the world have often changed. New words are
being used when new discoveries are made and new concepts are formed. Usage determines what is
correct or incorrect. Fifty years ago, it was incorrect to say “It’s me.” But today it is acceptable simply
because most Americans say that instead of “It’s I.” People change, so language changes. What is
wrong today may be right tomorrow.
36. Which of the following is true, according to the passage?
A. American English has no dialects. B. American English has dialects.
80
 C. There is no study on American speech habits. D. American English has no exception.
37. The study has shown that_______.
A. different words are used in different parts to denote the same thing.
B. different words are used in different parts to denote a different thing,
C. there are no different words in different parts.
D. dialects do not exist in American English.
38. Differences in speech can lead to_______.
A. dialects B. changes C. new concepts D. misunderstandings
39. What determines whether a word is correct or incorrect?
A. Change B. Usage C. Dialect D. Study
40. According to the information in the passage, language_______.
A. makes misunderstanding happen B. is the same in almost every part
C. frequently changes D. makes people change
C. WRITING
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (1,0 pt)
41. “Do you know Long’s address?” he asked me.
A. He asked me for Long’s address. B. He asked me if someone knew Long’s address.
C. He asked me if I know Long’s address. D. He asked me if I knew Long’s address.
42. “Would you like to stay for dinner?” she asked me.
A. She asked me if I liked to stay for dinner.
B. She invited me to stay for dinner.
C. She offered me dinner.
D. She was very kind to offer me dinner.
43. I used to go to the cinema on Sundays.
A. I usually went to the cinema on Sundays. B. I got used to going the cinema on Sundays.
C. I didn’t go to the cinema on Sundays. D. I usually go to the cinema on Sundays.
44. You feel unhealthy because you don’t take any exercise.
A. If you don’t take any exercise, you will feel unhealthy.
B. If you took more exercise, you would feel healthier.
C. If you take more exercise, you will feel healthier.
D. If you were healthier, you would take more exercise.
45. Unless we protect the environment, our life will be badly affected.
A. If we protect the environment, our life will be badly affected.
B. If we don’t protect the environment, our life will be badly affected.
C. If we don’t protect the environment, our life won’t be badly affected.
D. If our life is badly affected, we will protect the environment.
II. Choose the best sentence that can be made from the cues given. (1,0 pt)
46. We/ought/ submit/assignment/ tomorrow.
A. We ought submit our assignment tomorrow.
B. We ought to submit our assignment tomorrow.
C. We ought to have submitted our assignment tomorrow.
D. We ought have submitted our assignment tomorrow.
47. The patient/ recover/ more/ rapidly/ expected.
A. The patient recovered rapidly he expected more than.
B. The patient has recovered more rapidly he expected.
C. The patient recovered more rapidly than expected.
D. The patient rapidly recovered than he more expected.
48. We / worried / that / people / not / stop / throw / trash / along / street/.
81
 A. We worried that people not stop throw the trash along a street.
B. We can worried that people aren’t stop throwing trash along the street.
C. We are worried that people don’t stop throwing trash along the street.
D. We were worried that people didn’t stop to throw trash along the street.
49. Neil Armstrong / who / first / walk / moon / live / USA/.
A. Neil Armstrong, who first walked on the moon, lived in the USA.
B. Neil Armstrong who first walked in the moon lived in the USA.
C. Neil Armstrong, who first walks on the moon lives in the USA.
D. Neil Armstrong who first has walked in the moon lived in the USA.
50. She suggest/ take/ plane today/ or/ go/ train tomorrow
A. She suggested that we should take the plane today or going by train tomorrow.
B. She suggested taking the plane today or going by train tomorrow.
C. She suggested taking the plane today or we should go by train tomorrow.
D. She suggested to take the plane today or to go by train tomorrow.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 24
A. GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
I. Choose the word, phrase or expression that best completes each sentence below (5.0 point)
1. Lan wish she _________ fly.
A. could B. will C. can D. won’t
2. An English - speaking contest _________ at my school next week.
A. will hold B. will held C. holds D. will be held
3. I’m going to meet a woman with _________ I used to study.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. that
4. If we _________ our environment clean, we will live a happier and healthier life.
A. kept B. will keep C. keep D. would keep
5. We can use ________ to travel around the city.
A. measures B. rickshaws C. fortress D. structures
6. I’ve been learning English for four years now, so I can speak English quite _________.
A. well B. quick C. goodly D. bad
7. I’m not ________ enough to speak in front of a large crowd.
A. embarrassed B. confident C. delighted D. worried
8. If I _________ you, I _________ harder.
A. were - would learn B. am - will learn
C. would be - learnt D. were - learnt
9. He is an ambitious man who will never _________ till he gets what he wants.
A. turn down B. give up C. keep on D. live on
10. Mary feels confident about the competition _________ she has been well-prepared for it.
A. although B. despite C. because of D. since
11. She would like to go for a picnic with us_______ she is busy.
A. even if B. because C. so that D. but
12. It’s nice I am now in London again. This is the second time I_______ there.
A. will be B. would be C. was D. have been
13. _______to an accident in High Street, traffic is moving very slowly on the London road.
A. Through B. Owing C. Because D. Since
14. There are a lot of people who_______ work in remote and mountainous areas nowadays.
A. volunteer B. voluntarily C. volunteers D. voluntary
82
15. People often_______ the candles after singing “Happy Birthday”.
A. blow out B. light up C. put on D. turn off
16. He was very upset by the________ of his English examination.
A. result B. outcome C. effect D. success
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word in each of the following questions.
17. Don't worry, you can count on me. I’ll try my best to help you.
A. look after B. live on C. rely on D. stand for
18. We had a discussion in class today about requiring students to wear, school uniforms.
A. ban B. arrangement C. reduction D. debate
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
19. My mother often tells me never to accept a lift from someone I've just met!
A. assist B. deny C. refuse D. prevent
20. When you put on clothing or make-up, you place it on your body in order to wear it.
A. take off B. look after C. wash up D. get on
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges.
21. Tom: Why don’t you come over and see the new film with me? - Peter: _________.
A. You’re welcome. B. Great! I’d love to.
C. Wow! I didn’t believe that. D. Oh, I’m afraid so.
22. Mary: This is the best trip we’ve ever had. - Daisy: _________. Everyone enjoyed it.
A. Never mind. B. I totally disagree.
C. I don’t think that’s a good idea. D. You’re right.
23. - “What about some soya milk? They are full of protein.” - “_______”
A. Yes, I’d love to. B. No, thank you.
C. I want to get vitamins. D. It's terrible enough.
24. - “Would you mind if I turned up the TV?” - “_______”
A. No, no. Please do it. B. No, I don't do it.
C. Yes, I would. D. What a question!
25. Sally: "What about collecting used paper every day?" ~ Jenny: " _______"
A. Yes, you must. B. Well done.
C. That's a good idea. D. Thanks, it's nice of you.

II. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence below that needs correcting
26. The town we visited was a four- daysjourney by bus from our hotel, so we took the train instead .
A B C D
27. It’s late. It’s a time for us going home.
A B C D
28. Jim is such intelligent that he always understands what I say .
A B C D
29.The flight I wanted to travel on it was fully booked
A B C D
30. He tries to use chopsticks but he can’t . He isn’t used to use them.
A B C D

B. READING: (2.5 point)

I. Read the following passage, then choose A, B or C .
83
Earthquakes are the most destructive natural disasters. They usually hit without any (31) _____and
result in a great loss of life and an enormous demolition of buildings. Additionally, they may cause
devastating landslides or (32) ___ gigantic tidal waves which, in fact, are colossal walls of water
smashing into seashores with such force that they are capable of destroying coastal cities. (33) ___, the
vast majority of fatalities and serious injuries come about when buildings collapse.
Most frequently, the earthquake lasts 30 to 60 seconds, so usually there is no time to escape once
the shaking starts. The savage (34) _____ of an earthquake trigger off a complex chain reaction in the
building's structure when it is shaken, lifted, pushed or pulled. A building's height, its shape and
construction materials are the most (35) ______factors deciding about the survival and collapse of the
structure and, consequently, about the life or death of its inhabitants.
31. A. notice B. warning C. caution D. advice
32. A. create B. build C. construct D. get
33. A. Although B. Nevertheless C. Since D. However
34. A. services B. results C. forces D. waves
35. A. significant B. considerate C. trivial D. positive

II. Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer .
There are many different ways to keep fit. One of the most important ways is by exercising.
Exercising must be done on a regular basis. The amount of exercise done each time is dependent on the
free time that a person has. Exercises can be done from twenty minutes to an hour. Sometimes, daily
five- minute exercises are just as effective.
Exercising can take place both indoors and outdoors. Those who exercise indoors often do so in
the comfort of air-conditioned gymnasiums. They train on equipment that has been specifically
designed to tone the different parts of the body. Sometimes, games can also be played indoors.
Badminton courts and even some swimming pools are found indoors.
There are many different types of outdoor exercises. These include tennis, cycling and even rock
climbing. Most people enjoy outdoor activities because they like being in the sun or are attracted to its
sense of peace and quiet. Yet there are others who like the wind blowing against them. Some of these
activities are only suitable for people with a taste for adventure.
Exercising is crucial in a different regime. The type of exercise a person takes up depends on his
lifestyle and personality. It is important that a person finds an exercise that is suitable for him.
36. According to the passage, why do some people spend less time exercising?
A. Five minutes is effective for them.
B. They do not have much free time.
C. Gymnasiums are expensive.
D. They keep fit not by exercising.
37. Which of the following is NOT a place for indoor exercise as mentioned in the passage?
A. gymnasiums B. badminton courts C. swimming pools D. tennis courts
38. The underlined word ‘‘These” in the passage refers to________.
A. different types B. outdoor exercises C. people D. activities
39. Which statement is TRUE according to the passage?
A. People should exercise from time to time.
B. Outdoor exercises are more popular than indoor ones.
C. Rock climbing is suitable for adventurous people.
D. Facilities in gymnasiums are not effective.
40. Which of the following influences the particular type of exercise a person takes up?
A. lifestyle B. health C. occupation D. income

84
C. WRITING: (2.5 point)
I. Choose the sentence A, B, C, or D that is closet in meaning to each of the following sentence
41. People in my village lived in earthen houses, but they don’t do now.
A. People in my village was used to living in earthen houses.
B. People in my village is used to live in earthen houses.
C. People in my village used to live in earthen houses.
D. People in my village didn’t use to live in earthen houses.
42. Although the rain is heavy, we go to school on time.
A. Despite the heavy rain, we go to school on time.
B. Despite the rain is heavy, we go to school on time.
C. Despite the fact that the heavy rain, we go to school on time.
D. Despite we go to school on time, the rain is heavy.
43. “I am going back to work next week,” said Tom.
A. Tom said that he was going back to work next week.
B. Tom said that he was going back to work the following week.
C. Tom said that I was going back to work the following week.
D. Tom said that he is going back to work next week.
44. My Tam is a pop star. She has many famous songs.
A. My Tam, who has many famous songs, is a pop star.
B. My Tam, that has many famous songs, is a pop star.
C. My Tam, whose has many famous songs, is a pop star.
D. My Tam, which has many famous songs, is a pop star.
45. I’m not rich. I can’t help other people.
A. If I am rich, I can help other people.
B. If I were rich, I can help other people.
C. If I am rich, I could help other people.
D. If I were rich, I could help other people.
II. Choose the letter A, B, C or D to complete the sentences with given words
46: Lucia/ said/ they/ be not/ going to/ the/ cinema/ that night
A. Lucia said that they aren’t going to the cinema that night.
B. Lucia said that they wasn’t going to the cinema that night.
C. Lucia said that they weren’t going to the cinema that night.
D. Lucia said that they hadn’t been going to the cinema that night.
47: Science/ play/ important/ role/ our/ daily life.
A. Science plays an important role on our daily life.
B. Science plays an important role in our daily life.
C. Science plays the important role on our daily life.
D. Science plays the important role in our daily life.
48: Viet/ said/ he/ would/ be doing/ experiment/ 10 o’clock/ following day.
A. Viet said that he would be doing a experiment at 10 o’clock following day.
B. Viet said he would be doing an experiment at 10 o’clock following day.
C. Viet said he would be doing a experiment at 10 o’clock the following day.
D. Viet said that he would be doing an experiment at 10 o’clock the following day
49. I/ can’t/ imagine/ life/ without/ science/ technology.
A. I can’t imagine our life without science but technology.
B. I can’t imagine our life without science and technology.
C. I can’t imagine our life without science so technology.
D. I can’t imagine our life without science nor technology.
85
50: Parents/ not/ allow/ children/ play/ computer games/ long period of time.
A. Parents don’t allow children play computer games for a long period of time.
B. Parents don’t allow children playing computer games for a long period of time.
C. Parents don’t allow children to play computer games for a long period of time.
D. Parents don’t allow children played computer games for a long period of time

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 25
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR (50 pts)
I. Choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the sentences. (40 pts)
1. I wish I ........ more about the logistics of the expedition.
A. would know B. knew C. know D. could know
2. I hope you don’t mind ______ me a lift to the library.
A. give B. gave C. giving D. to give
3. The doctor advised my father to give up smoking. In this sentence, “give up” means ________.
A. continue B. stop C. start D. know
4. _______ he didn’t know how to solve the problem, he asked her for help.
A.So B.Because C.Although D. But
5. “I can’t find my wallet, Tom.” - “Don’t worry. I’ll help you to ………….. it.”
A. look for B. take care of C. put on D. turn on
6. My house _________in 1986.
A. is built B. was building C. was built D. has been built
7. The doctor _________me not to stay up too late at night.
A. advised B. suggested C. insisted D. forced
8. Tomorrow we'll go to Noi Bai Airport to meet Maryam, _________comes from Malaysia.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
9. His house looks very large and beautiful. It is _________house.
A. a seven-room B. a seven-rooms C. seven room D. seven rooms
10. If you get up early, you _________late.
A. weren't B. wouldn't be C. aren't D. won't be
11. It's very hot today. I wish I _________on the beach now.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
12. When he lived in the city, he _________to the theater twice a week.
A. uses to go B. has gone C. used to go D. was going
13. My father asked us _________too much time playing computer games.
A. not to spending B. did not spend C. not to spend D. to not spent
14. Hoai can not remember the name of the restaurant _________she ate her favorite roasted duck.
A. which B. whose C. whom D. where
15. If I ______ a flower, I _________a sunflower.
A. am/ will be B. was/ am C. am/ would be D. were/ would be
16. Nobody went to the party, _________?
A. does he B. do they C. didn’t they D. did they
17. It is nearly 3 months _________he visited his parents.
A. while B. during C. since D. when
18. _________population is another unpleasant result we have to solve.
A. Increased B. Increasing C. The increase D. To increase
19. If we _________enough time, we’ll study this exercise more carefully.
A. will have B. have C. had D. would have
86
20. What would you do, if you _________a UFO?
A. see B. saw C. would see D. had seen
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (10 pt)
21. The picture was painting by Michael last year.
A B C D
22. There’s the woman who she sold me the handbag.
A B C D
23. Mr. Smith is going to buy a new Japanese car, doesn’t he?
A B C D
24. I met a lot of interesting people while I was studying at Ho Chi Minh City.
A B C D
25. If I were you, I didn’t buy that expensive car.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION (10 pts)
Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
26. “That’s an excellent drawing, Hoa.” - “ …………………………………. .”
A. Well done B. I’m sorry
C. That’s very kind of you to say so C. Never mind
27. - Peter: “Why don’t we go for a picnic tomorrow?” - Jane: “________.”
A. Yes, please B. You’re so kind
C. That’s a good idea D. No, Thanks
28. What would you like to drink? - …………... .
A. Yes, please B. Milk, please
C. No, thanks D. OK
29. Mr. Peter: “James, you've written a much better story this time.” - James: “________________”
A. Writing? Why? B. You're welcome.
C. Ok, I will D. Thank you. It's really encouraging.
30. Alice: “Would you mind lending me your comic book?” - Angela: “____________________.”
A. No, of course not B. I’d rather you didn’t
C. Yes. Here you are D. No, Thanks
C. READING (20 pts)
I. Read and choose the option A, B, C or D that best fits each gap. (10 pts)
I went to Australia on a student program last year and I like to (31)_______you about it. I was very
(32)_______when I knew I was going to Australia because I had never been there before. I didn’t think
about the problems of speaking English (33)_______I met my host family. At first I couldn’t
communicate with them because my English was so bad. All the five years I had been learning English
wasn’t much used at all (34)_______we didn’t have real practice at school. Even though my grammar
was good, my pronunciation wasn’t. My problem is (35)_______ ‘l’ and ‘r’. For example, Australian
people often asked “What do you eat in Vietnam?” I wanted to tell them that we eat rice, but they didn’t
understand when I said “We eat lice”…
31. A. say B. tell C. talk D. speak
32. A. exciting B. excites C. excited D. excite
33. A. after B. until C. when D. while
34. A. although B. even C. because D. so
35. A. pronouncing B. speaking C. reading D. telling
II. Read and choose the best answer . (10 pts)
Music influences people in different ways or the same person differently at different times.
Music may seem to influence people differently. That is because people can react differently to the
87
music. We are able to apply a choosing process to the music we hear. If someone hates jazz, then a jazz
piece with a positive effect will probably not make him feel good. A happy song might appear to make
an angry person angrier, yet it is not the music itself that is creating the anger; rather it is the positive
effect of the music. The angry person does not want to accept the song's happy feeling: it points out his
already existing anger, and makes that anger come to the surface. When a piece of music is played and
we are listening to it, our body, mind, and feelings are being affected. The musicians of ancient cultures
such as China, India, Turkey and Greece understood the effects of music. In fact, Pathagoras, in ancient
Greece, introduced a whole science that concerned them. Because the musicians of these ancient
cultures understood these effects, they created music that was positive, uplifting, and beneficial. Once
the effects of music are better understood, the next step is to gain a better understanding of the music
around us, and what effect it is actually having.
36. The text is about_____.
A. The science of music B. Understanding music
C. The effects of music on human feelings D. Writing music
37. Music_____.
A. cannot be chosen B. affects everybody in the same way
C. affects us in different ways D. is boring
38. According to the text,_____.
A. Everybody likes jazz B. Jazz always makes us feel better
C. No one likes jazz D. Jazz makes people boring
39. The musicians of ancient cultures such as China, India, Turkey and Greece understood
_____.
A. China B. India C. Turkey D. the effects of music
40. The word "Once" has a close meaning to_____.
A. on time B. when C. because D. While
C. WRITING (20 pts)
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (10 pts)
41. Today isn’t Sunday, so the pupils can’t go swimming.
A. If today were Sunday, the pupils could go swimming.
B. If today is Sunday, the pupils could go swimming.
C. The pupils could go swimming unless today is Sunday.
D. The pupils could not go swimming if today isn’t Sunday.
42. People must not leave bicycles in the hall.
A. Bicycles must not be left in the hall.
B. Bicycles in the hall must not being left.
C. Bicycles in the hall must not left.
D. Bicycles must been not left in the hall.
43.“Mum, please don’t tell Dad my mistake!” the boy said.
A. The boy insisted his mother not tell his father his mistake.
B. The boy told his mother not to mention his mistake any more.
C. The boy asked his mother not to tell his father his mistake.
D. The boy wanted his mother to keep his mistake in her heart.
44. I’m waiting for the bus. It is late.
A. The bus which I’m waiting is late.
B. The bus whom I’m waiting for is late.
C. The bus for that I’m waiting is late.
D. The bus I’m waiting for is late.
45. He was tired, but he agreed to play tennis.
88
 A. Although he was tired, but he agreed to play tennis.
B. Because he was tired, he agreed to play tennis.
C. In spite of his tiredness, he agreed to play tennis.
D. Despite tired, he agreed to play tennis.
II. Choose the best sentence written from the cues given (10 pts)
46. My father/ person / whom/ I / respect / most / my family.
A. My father is a person whom I respect most of my family.
B. My father is a person to whom I respect most of my family.
C. My father is a person whom I respect the most of my family.
D. My father is a person to whom I respect the most of my family.
47. If/ she/ try/ hard / she / pass / driving test.
A. If she try hard, she can pass the driving test.
B. If she tries hard, she will pass the driving test.
C. If she tried hard, she will pass the driving test.
D. If she tries hardly, she can pass the driving test.
48. He/ not / know/ where / his friend Liz/ live.
A. He not know where his friend Liz is living.
B. He don’t know where his friend Liz is living.
C. He doesn’t know where his friend Liz is living.
D. He doesn’t know where his friend Liz lives.
49. I / be/ invited/ her birthday party / last week.
A. I am be invited her birthday party last week.
B. I was be invited to her birthday party last week.
C. I was invited to her birthday party last week.
D. I were invited her birthday party last week.
50. She/ wish/ he father/ alive.
A. She wish her father is alive.
B. She wishes her father is alive.
C. She wishes her father were alive.
D. She wishes her father can be alive.
ĐỀ SỐ 26
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR (50 pts)
I. Choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the sentences. (40 pts)
1. It’s raining, …………. I can’t go to the beach.
A. because B. so C. but D. and
2. She suggested.……….. to the mountains for the weekend.
A. go B. to go C. going D. would go
3. These students take part in charity activities in their town, …………..?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they D. didn’t they
4. The beautiful girl _______ met you at my party last week can speak English fluently.
A. whom B. which C. who D. What
5. It usually _______ my father thirty minutes to go to work every day.
A. drives B. takes C. spends D. does
6. I can’t understand the French visitors. I wish I ________French.
A. knew B. will know C. know D. have known
7. The church ________about 100 years ago.
A. is built B. was built C. will be built D. has been built
8. People in Israel are going to celebrate their festival ________is called Passover.
89
 A. whose B. who C. which D. where
9. ________I was really tired , I couldn’t sleep.
A. Even though B. So C. Therefore D. Because of
10. Lan is very tired. ________, she has to finish her assignment before going to bed.
A. Although B. So C. Therefore D. However
11. Can you …… the TV? I can’t hear the news clearly.
A. turn on B. turn off C. turn down D. turn up
12. She asked me if I ________a laptop computer the following day.
A. buy B. will buy C. bought D. would buy
13. I ________telephone her if I knew her number.
A. would B. have to C. will D. shall
14. Honda motorbikes ________in Viet Nam.
A. produce B. will produce C. are produced D. would be produced
15. We have learnt English ________2001.
A. for B. since C. in D. during
16. We ________already ________Huong Pagoda.
A. were…seeing B. have…seen C. are…seeing D. will…see
17. All the houses in the area ________immediately.
A. has to rebuilt B. had to rebuild C. have to be rebuilt D. have to rebuild
18. If he ________soon, he might miss the train.
A. isn’t coming B. doesn’t come C. won’t come D. didn’t come
19. Mr. Long said that he ________in Ho Chi Minh City.
A. lived B. is living C. has lived D. will live
20. Your sister works in a foreign company, ________she?
A. isn’t B. didn’t C. wasn’t D. doesn’t
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (10 pt)
21. My sister enjoys read about wild animals and natural mysteries.
A B C D
22. Mr. Thach, who sing English songs very well, is my teacher of English.
A B C D
23. My father asked us not to spending too much time playing computer games.
A B C D
24. Ba can play the piano better more than his friends can.
A B C D
25. We can save nature resources by using solar energy.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION (10 pts)
Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
26. Bonnie: “Can you do the cooking today?” - Autumn: “_________________.”
A. Oh, all right. B. No, thank you.
C. Yes, please D. Thank you
27. Donna: “What shall we do this afternoon?” - Dove: “_________________”
A. good idea B. What should we do?
C. I suggest going fishing D. I suggest to play soccer
28. Daisy: “________ pass me the newspaper?” - Diana: “Sure. Here you are.”
A. May you B. Could you please
C. Would you mind D. do you
29. Nam: “Why don’t we raise some money for the poor?” - Ba: “_________________________.”
90
 A. Yes, please B. That’s a good idea
C. You’re welcome D. That’s good
30. " .......................?" - " She's much better, thank you."
A. What's your mother B. What's your mother like
C. How's your mother D. How’s your mother likes
C. READING (20 pts)
I. Read and choose the option A, B, C or D that best fits each gap. (10 pts)
Today, supermarkets are found in almost every large city in the world. But the first supermarket
(31)_____ opened only fifty years ago. It was opened in New York by a man named Michael Cullen.
A supermarket is different (32)___________other types of stores in several ways. In
supermarkets, goods are placed on open shelves. The (33)__________ choose what they want and take
them to the checkout counter. This means that fewer shop assistants are needed than in other stores. The
way products are displayed is another difference between supermarkets and many other types of stores;
(34)__________ example, in supermarkets, there is usually a display of small inexpensive items just in
front of the checkout counter: candies, chocolates, magazines, cheap foods and so on.
Most customers (35)__________go to a supermarket buy goods from a shopping list. They
know exactly what they need to buy. They do the shopping according to a plan.
31. A. is B. has been C. was D. were
32. A. in B. from C. of D. with
33. A. customers B. managers C. assistants D. sellers
34. A. in B. for C. of D. by
35. A. who B. what C. which D. whom
II. Read and choose the best answer . (10 pts)
For the last few years, my children have been going to a summer camp in Northern Greece called
Skouras Camp. They always seem to have a good time, so if you’re wondering what to do with the kids
for three weeks this summer, you can send them to this beautiful camp on the shores of the Aegean Sea.
If your children, like mine, are keen on adventure, sports and good company, the Skouras Camp will
keep them busy all day doing the things they most enjoy. Skouras is an international camp with
children from all over the world. My children have made friends with children of their own age from
Poland, China, Denmark and the United States. Naturally, they get lots of opportunities to practice their
English as this is the only language spoken. The Camp is in one of the most beautiful parts of
Chalkidiki. It is huge (120,000 square meters) and is just a stone’s throw away from the clear, blue
Aegean Sea. It takes the children just five minutes to walk to the golden sandy beach. The program is
packed with exciting activities such as horse riding and table tennis. Other sports include basketball,
volleyball and athletics. The Camp ends with a sports contest in the last week which all parents are
invited to attend.
36. All the children come to the camp have to ______.
A. be at the same age
B. speak English
C. be only keen on adventure
D. be only keen on sports and good company
37. All the statements are true EXCEPT ______.
A. The Camp is quite far from the Aegean Sea
B. The children will be busy taking part in the Camp’s programmed activities
C. The parents can attend their children’s sports contest.
D. The Camp is in 120,000 square meters.
38. The children can walk to the golden sandy beach within ______.
A. 5 minutes B. 20 minutes C. half an hour D. an hour
91
39. How many kinds of sports can be played in the Camp?
A. 2 B. 3 C. 5 D. 6
40. What is the last activity that the children can join in the Camp?
A. practicing their English
B. sports include basketball, volleyball and athletics.
C. exciting activities such as horse riding and table tennis
D. sports contest
C. WRITING (20 pts)
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (10 pts)
41. Stop talking or you won’t understand the lesson.
A.If you don’t stop talking, you won’t understand the lesson.
B.If you don’t stop talking, you wouldn’t understand the lesson.
C.If you hadn’t stopped talking, you wouldn’t understand the lesson.
D.If you hadn’t stopped talking, you wouldn’t have understood the lesson.
42. They cancelled all flights because of fog.
A. All flights were cancelled because of fog.
B. All flights because of fog were cancelled.
C. All flights were because of fog cancelled.
D. All flights were cancelled by them because of fog.
43.“Let’s go to the cinema tonight. ” he suggested.
A. He suggested they to go to the cinema that night.
B. He suggested going to the cinema that night.
C. He suggested that they went to the cinema that night.
D. He suggested that let’s them go to the cinema that night.
44. “ If I were you, I would take the job,” said my room-mate.
A. My room-mate was thinking about taking the job.
B. My room-mate advised me to take the job.
A. My room-mate introduced the idea of taking the job to me.
B. My room-mate insisted on taking the job for me.
45.It took Jane three hours to sort out her stamps.
A.Jane spent three hours to sort out her stamps.
B. Jane sorted out her stamps in three hours.
C.Jane spent on three hours sorting her stamps.
D. Jane took three hours to sort out her stamps.
II. Choose the best sentence written from the cues given (10 pts)
46. If people/not/ stop/ use/ dynamite/ for/ fish,/ lot/ sea creatures/ disappear.
A. If people don’t stop using dynamite for fish, a lot of sea creatures will disappear.
B. If people don’t stop using dynamite for fishing, a lot of sea creatures will disappear.
C. If people don’t stop to use dynamite for fish, a lot of sea creatures will disappear.
D. If people don’t stop to using dynamite for fishing, a lot of sea creatures disappear.
47. She/ get / bad marks/ she / study/ lazy.
A. She got bad marks because she studied lazy.
B. She got bad marks because she studies lazily.
C. She got bad marks because she studied lazily.
D. She got bad marks because she studies lazy.
48. The teacher/ reminded me/ do /homework/ before/ go/ bed
A. The teacher reminded me to do my homework before going to bed.
B. The teacher reminded me doing my homework before going to bed.
92
C. The teacher reminded me doing homework before I went to bed.
D. The teacher reminded me to do my homework before went to bed.
49. Notre Dame Cathedral/ locate/ Ho Chi Minh City/ build/ October 1877/ April 1880
A. Notre Dame Cathedral, which was located in Ho Chi Minh City, was built from October 1877 to April
1880.
B. Notre Dame Cathedral, which is located in Ho Chi Minh City, built from October 1877 to April 1880.
C. Notre Dame Cathedral, which was located in Ho Chi Minh City, built from October 1877 to April 1880.
D. Notre Dame Cathedral, which is located in Ho Chi Minh City, was built from October 1877 to April 1880.
50. It/ not/ easy / get/ used / stay/ late/ revise/ lessons
A. It is not easy to get used to staying late to revise lessons.
B. It is not easy to get used to stay late to revise lessons.
C. It is not easy to get used to staying up late to revise lessons.
D. It is not easy to get used to stay up late to revise lessons.
ĐỀ SỐ 27
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR (50 pts)
I. Choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the sentences. (40 pts)
1. Bella is very beautiful and rich. __________, she is very friendly.
A. Although B. However C. Therefore D. But
2. The children felt __________ when their father was coming back home.
A. exciting B. excitement C. excited D. excite
3. If I were a flower, I _________a sunflower.
A. will be B. would be C. were D. was
4. Mrs Ngoan forgot to _________ when she left for work.
A. turn on B. turn up C. turn off D. turn down
5. Laziness is normally the cause of ___________.
A. success B. poverty C. richness D. belief
6. They _________Ho Chi Minh City last summer.
A. visit B. will visit C. have visit D. visited
7. He asked me if I _________to school by bicycle every day.
A. am going B. go C. was going D. went
8. _________Friday morning, there is a meeting between 11am and 1 pm.
A. In B. For C. On D. At
9. The article was posted by Jimhello on Tuesday,_________?
A. didn’t it B. wasn’t it C. was it D. did it
10. She was sick yesterday, _________she was absent from school.
A. since B. so C. because D. but
11. You really saw a UFO, _________?
A. aren’t you B. don’t you C. didn’t you D. weren’t you
12. If Mr. John _________rich, he would travel around the world.
A. is B. will be C. was D. were
13. Lan ________the train if she _________in a hurry.
A. will miss/ is not B. misses/ is not C. misses/ is D. will miss/ does not
14. The book _________is on the table belongs to my brother.
A. which B. where C. whose D. who
15. I didn’t go to the party yesterday because _________.
A. I am sick B. I will be sick C. I was sick D. I would be sick
16.The government has _____ every effort to stop the rapid spread of Covid-19.
A. done B. made C. created D. brought.
93
17. Tom said that he _________in Leeds in England.
A. is living B. has lived C. lived D. were living
18. He asked me_________.
A. what my phone number B. what my phone number were
C. what my phone number was D. what was my phone number
19. Don’t forget to buy me a dictionary,_________?
A. do you B. will you C. shall you D. don’t you
20. The examiner didn’t tell me _________I passed or not.
A. what B. how C. if D. why
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (10 pt)
21. I saw the men, the women and the cattle which went to the field.
A B C D
22. Look at the two dictionarys and you will see they are the same in some ways.
A B C D
23. There is no water in the house. If there is, we could cook dinner.
A B C D
24. She did her test careful last week.
A B C D
25. Would you mind turn on the lights, please? It’s too dark for me to read.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION (10 pts)
Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
26." Why don't we have a look round the campus?" - " ...................."
A. Yes, thanks. B. Yes, why not?
C. It's my pleasure. D. No, I don’t mind
27. " ........................? " - "Well, I'd like to see that dress."
A. Would you like a dress B. What would you like
C. Do you want anything D. May I help you
28. " Hi, Tom. ..............?" - " "Not bad. And you?"
A. What's everything B. What do you do
C. How's everything D. How do you do
29. Let’s go out for a walk !
A. Good idea B. You’re welcome
C. No, thanks. D. Why don’t we go out for a walk.
30.Amelia: “Would you like some orange juice, Mary?” - Mary: “________”
A. I’m very thirsty. B. Yes, please.
C. Yes, I would. D. OK, I will
C. READING (20 pts)
I. Read and choose the option A, B, C or D that best fits each gap. (10 pts)
Today, computer companies sell many different programs for computers. First, there are
programs for doing math problems. (31)_________, there are programs for scientific studies. Third,
some programs are like fancy typewriters. They are often used by writers and business people. Other
(32)_________are made for courses in schools and universities. And finally, there are programs for fun.
They include word games and puzzles for children and adults.
There are many wonderful new computer programs, but there are other reasons to like
(33)_________. Some people like the way computers hum and sing when they (34)_________. It is a
happy sound, like the sounds of toy and childhood. Computers also have lights and pretty pictures. And
computers even seem to have personalities. That may sound strange, but computers seem to have
94
feelings. Sometimes they seem happy, sometimes they seem angry. It is easy (35)_________they are
like people.
31. A. Two B. Second C. Twice D. Double
32. A. programs B. people C. students D. typewriters
33. A. programs B. reasons C. games D. computers
34. A. work B. have worked C. are working D. worked
35. A. to think B. thinking C. for thinking D. that thought
II. Read and choose the best answer . (10 pts)
C. WRITING (20 pts)
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (10 pts)
II. Choose the best sentence written from the cues given (10 pts)
Sarah James is a second year biology student. “Money is a big problem,” said Sarah. “I can eat quite
cheaply at the university, but I spend quite a lot on transport. I also spend quite a lot on clothes, as I like
to wear things that are in fashion.”
Colin Peters, who is studying engineering, disagrees. “I don ’t spend anything on clothes,” he said,
“unless you count climbing boots. I’m very keen on climbing, and you do need special equipment, some
of which is very expensive. Luckily, my parents gave me money for my birthday in November. Not
much of my money goes on transport, because I have a bicycle.”
Diana Bell is a first year fashion student. “I make all my own clothes. This should save me money, but
in fact, the materials are very expensive. I don ’t know how I would manage if I didn ’t sell some of the
dresses and hats I make to the other students. Everything is expensive,” she said. “That includes the
rent, food, transport and heating for the flat in winter.”
36. Sarah ……………………..
A. is studying biology B. is working as a worker
C. selling clothes D. is a teacher of biology
37. What is Sarah James’ big problem?
A. Clothes are big problem. B. Money is a big problem.
C. Studying is a big problem. D. Nothing is big problem.
38. Colin Peters spends …………..
A. not much money on transport and clothes. B. much money on clothes.
C. much money on transport. D. money on everything.
39. Which of the following is true for Diana?
A. “I haven’t bought any clothes this year but I will have to next year when I start work.”
B. "I'm going to buy a new pair of boots in winter, after my birthday."
C."I make all my own clothes and sell some of the dresses and hats I make to the other students."
D. “ Everything is not expensive.
40. The purpose of the writer is to …”
A. give advice to students. B. show how students live.
C. explain that students work hard. D. tell how students get money.
C. WRITING (20 pts)
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (10 pts)
41.If the homework is difficult, I will ask you for help.
A. Unless the homework is easy, I will ask you for help.
B. Unless the homework is difficult, I will ask you for help.
C. Unless the homework is easy, I won’t ask you for help.
D. Unless the homework isn’t difficult, I won’t ask you for help.
42.People should send their complaints to the head office.
A. Complaints should be sent to the head office.
95
 B. Complaints should be send to the head office by people.
C. Their complaints should send to the head office by people.
D. Their complaints to the head office should be sent.
43.“What’s your job?”, said the doctor to Mr. Thomas.
A. The doctor asked Mr. Thomas what his job was.
B. The doctor asked Mr. Thomas what his job is.
C. The doctor asked Mr. Thomas what was his job.
D. The doctor asked Mr. Thomas what is his job.
44.I don’t find it difficult to get up early in the morning.
A. I am used to get up early in the morning.
B. I am used to finding it difficult to get up early in the morning.
C. I used to to get up early in the morning.
D. I am used to getting up early in the morning.
45.The children couldn't go swimming because the sea was too rough.
A. The sea was too rough for the children to go swimming.
B. The sea was rough enough for the children to swim in.
C. The sea was too rough to the children's swimming.
D. The children were not calm enough to swim in the sea.
II. Choose the best sentence written from the cues given (10 pts)
1.If/ you/ try/ best/ learn E/ home/ you/ good/ speak it
A. If you try your best to learn E at home, you will be good at speak it
B. If you tried your best to learn E at home, you will be good at speak it
C. If you tried your best to learn E at home, you would be good at speak it
D. If you try your best to learn E at home, you will be good at speaking it
2.Where/ you/ go/ friends/ when/ I/ see/ last time?
A. Where did you go with your friends when I saw you last time?
B. Where were you going with your friends when I saw you last time?
C. Where have you gone with your friends when I saw you last time?
D. Where did you go with your friends when I was seeing you last time?
3. He/ advise/ me/ take/ those tablets/ yesterday/, now/I/ well.
A. He advised me take those tablets yesterday, now I am well.
B. He advised me to take those tablets yesterday, now I was well.
C. He advised me to take those tablets yesterday, now I am well.
D. He advised me taking those tablets yesterday, now I am well.
4. children / strong/ win/ game.
A. Children are strong to win the game.
B. The children were strong to win the game.
C. The children was strong enough to win the game.
C. The children were strong enough to win the game.
5. She / tired/ she/ stay/ late/ do homework.
A. She is tired, but she had to stay up late to do homework.
B. She was tired, but she had to stay up late to do homework.
C. She was tired, so she had to stay up late to do homework.
D. She was tired although she had to stay up late to do homework.
ĐỀ SỐ 28
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR (50 pts)
I. Choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the sentences. (40 pts)
1. She often goes to the _____ to pray because her religion is Islam
96
 A. church B. pagoda C. mosque D. hotel
2. I wish they ____ here tomorrow
A. will come B. would come C. came D. come
3. A new supermarket________next month.
A. will build B. will built C. will be built D. built
4. She asked me_____by bike.
A. if I went to school B. if I go to school
C. whether I go to school D. whether I am going to school
5. He suggested saving money for_____ in the school.
A. poor B. the poor C. the poorer D. poorer 6.
Have you ever met the man ________Mary’s cousin?
A. who married B. who is married C. whom married D. who was married
7. They are living in a house that ________in 1930.
A. is built B. was built C. built D. was building
8. If the weather ________worse, we won’t go to the beach.
A. gets B. will get C. got D. would get
9. I’m learning English ________I want to get a good job after school.
A. but B. because C. so D. therefore
10. She’d love to take part in the evening class. ________, she has to look after the baby in the
evening.
A. Therefore B. However C. but D. Although
11. My sister is very fond ________eating chocolate candy.
A. at B. about C. of D. with
12. Paul was ________sad about his exam results that he didn’t smile all week.
A. such B. enough C. too D. so
13. I suggest ________a short cut through the park. It’ll take much less time.
A. take B. to take C. taking D. took
14. Why ________go to the park for a change?
A. we don’t B. don’t we C. we should D. we should not
15. My sister is very ________of spiders.
A. terror B. terrify C. terrified D. terrifying
16. Ba wishes he ________have a new bicycle.
A. may B. will C. can D. could
17. This pen, ________is made of gold, was given to me by my father on my 14th birthday.
A. that B. which C. whose D. when
18. The interviewer asked me why I ________learning English.
A. like B. will like C. liked D. would like
19. Your father doesn’t work in that bank, ________he?
A. is B. isn’t C. does D. doesn’t
20. My father ________for the car factory since 1995.
A. worked B. was working C. has worked D. is working
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (10 pt)
21. I haven’t got some money to buy that English book.
A B C D
22. If I am you, I would take a taxi to the airport.
A B C D
23. Tam Dao is one of the mountainously areas of Vinh Phuc province.
A B C D
97
24. Thank you for looking up the children while I was out.
A B C D
25. The teacher said that she would attend the class meeting following day.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION (10 pts)
Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
26. Hello. You must be Lan.
A. That’s right I am. B. I don’t mind. C. Sure D. I am Lan
27. Hoa: “Let me congratulate you on passing the examination.” Lan: “……………”
A. Not at all. B. I’m sorry. I can’t.
C. It’s nice of you to say so. D. OK
28. “Let’s go on a picnic on the other side of the river.” - “_____________”
A. It’s a nice day! B. Have a good trip! C. Great idea! D. Good idea
29. Daughter:" Dad! I have just won the first prize in the Olympic English contest.
Father: " ………………………"
A. Amazing, good job! B. That's a good idea. C. I'd love to. D. You are right
30. "Have some more cake" "_________. I'm too full."
A. Yes, please B. No, thanks C. I'd love to D. No problem
C. READING (20 pts)
I. Read and choose the option A, B, C or D that best fits each gap. (10 pts)
Plants supply man with food clothing, and shelter- his most important needs.
Many of our most useful medicines are also made (31)_________plants. In addition, plants add
beauty and pleasure to our lives. Most people enjoy the smell of flowers, the sight field of waving
grain, and the quiet of a forest. Not (32)_______plants are helpful to man. Some species grow in fields
and gardens as weeds that choke off useful plants. Tiny hits of pollen from (33)_______plants cause
such (34)_________as asthma and hay fever. Other plants destroy millions of dollars (35)_______of
crops yearly.
31. A. of B. from C. by D. with
32. A. all B. every C. any D. some
33. A. any B. certain C. most D. all
34. A. accidents B. diseases C. misfortune D. disasters
35. A. worth B. value C. price D. money
II. Read and choose the best answer . (10 pts)
I often hear or read about “natural disaster”- the eruption of Mount St Helen, a volcano the state
of Washington: Hurricane Andrew in Florida; the floods in the American Midwest; terrible earthquakes
all over the world; huge fires; and so on. But I’ll never forget my first personal experience with the
strangeness of nature – the “London Killer Fog” of 1952. It began on Thursday, December 4th when a
high-pressure system (warm air) cover southern England. With the freezing-cold air below, heavy fog
formed. Pollution from factories, cars, and coal stoves mixed with the fog. The humidity was terribly
high; there was no breeze at all. Traffic (cars, trains, and boats) stopped. People couldn’t see, and some
walked onto the railroad tracks or into the river. It was hard to breathe, and many people got sick.
Finally on Tuesday, December 9th, the wind came and the fog went away. But after that, even more
people got sick, many of them died.
36. Which natural disaster is NOT mentioned in the text?
A. a volcanic eruption B. a earthquake C. a hurricane D. a tornado
37. What is his unforgettable personal experience?
A. the heavy fog in London B. the strangeness of nature
C. a high-pressure system D. natural disaster
98
38. What did NOT happen during the time of the “London Killer Fog”?
A. pollution B. humidity C. heavy rain D. Fog
39. The traffic stopped because of _____________.
A. the heavy fog B. the windy weather C. the humid weather D. pollution
40. How long did the “London Killer Fog” last ?
A. for a week B. for five days C. for six days D. for 7 days
C. WRITING (20 pts)
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (10 pts)
41.Nobody told me that George was ill.
A.I wasn’t told that George was ill.
B. I was told that George wasn’t ill.
C. George wasn’t told to be ill.
D. George was told not to be ill.
42.“Would you like to stay for dinner?” she asked me.
A. She asked me if I liked to stay for dinner.
B. She invited me to stay for dinner.
C. She offered me dinner.
D. She was very kind to offer me dinner.
43.This house was built years ago. It is still in very good shape.
A. This house, which built years ago, is still in very good shape.
B. This house, built years ago, is still in very good shape.
C. This house, building years ago, is still in very good shape.
D. This house, which was built years ago is still in very good shape.
44.I haven’t gone to the cinema for ten years.
A. It’s ten years I haven’t gone to the cinema.
B. It was ten years ago I went to the cinema.
C. The last time I went to the cinema was ten years.
D. I last went to the cinema ten years ago.
45. He doesn’t study hard, so he can fail the exam.
A. If he studies hard, he won’t fail the exam.
B. If ha didn’t study hard, he wouldn’t fail the exam.
C. If he studied hard, he wouldn’t fail the exam.
D. If he hadn’t studied hard, he wouldn’t have failed the exam.
II. Choose the best sentence written from the cues given (10 pts)
46. He/ ask/ What/ I/ do/ the next day.
A. He asked What would I do the next day.
B. He asked What do I do the next day.
C. He asked that What I did the next day.
D. He asked What I would do the next day.
47. Many/ country/ destroy/ the earthquake.
A. Many countries destroy in the earthquake.
B. Many countries destroyed in the earthquake.
C. Many countries were destroy in the earthquake.
D. Many countries were destroyed in the earthquake.
48. If/ English/ not/ popular/ we/ not/ spend/ great/ time/ learn
A. If English weren’t popular, we would not spend a great time to learn.
A. If English wasn’t popular, we would not spend a great time to learn.
A. If English weren’t popular, we will not spend a great time to learn.
99
A. If English wasn’t popular, we will not spend a great time to learn.
49. She/ get/ bad marks/ she/ lazy.
A. She gets bad marks, so she is lazy.
B. She got bad marks because she was lazy.
C. She got bad marks, so she was lazy.
D. She gets bad marks because she is lazy.
50.What/ he/ do/ since/ he/come home?
A. What did he do since he comes home?
B. What did he do since he came home?
C. What has he do since he came home?
D. What has he done since he came home?
ĐỀ SỐ 29
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR (50 pts)
I. Choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the sentences. (40 pts)
1. I really like the book _________ you bought yesterday.
A. whom B. who C. which D. where
2.Many young people like playing computer games, _________?
A. don't they B. do they C. didn't they D did they
3.She asked me _________ I liked eating strawberry cream.
A. that B. if C. what D. which
4._________ you help me, I won't be able to finish my work on time.
A. If B. Unless C. Since D. For
5. _________ are funnel – shaped storms which pass overland below a thunderstorm.
A. typhoons B. volcanoes C. tornadoes D.storm
6. She thinks chatting on the Internet is time - _________
A. consume B. consuming C. consumption
7. She often goes to the _____ to pray because her religion is Islam
A. church B. pagoda C. mosque D. school
8. He ________in the cafe when she came.
A. sat B. has sat C. has been sitting D. was sitting
9. Mr. Dung will be leaving ________Son La on Sunday.
A. in B. at C. from D. for
10. Where is Huong? ~ She’s out. She said she ________back soon.
A. is B. was C. came D. would be
11. Thang has applied for a ________in a new company.
A. career B. work C. job D. task
12. ________you let me take a photograph of you?
A. Will B. Shall C. May D. Must
13. All of us were ________that he came first. He hasn’t been working hard so far.
A. surprising B. to surprise C. surprised D. to be surprised
14. I telephoned the station to make ________of the time of the train.
A. sure B. true C. real D. right
15. My brother loves ________to music very much.
A. to be listened B. listening C. to listen D. listened
16. He ________his grandparents every Sunday.
A. has visited B. visits C. is visiting D. was visiting
17. The policeman explained to us ________to get to the airport.
A. how B. how can we C. how can D. how we can
10
0
18. Several people were hurt in the accident but only one ________to hospital.
A. was taken B. was taking C. has taken D. has been taking
19. He ________in London at the moment.
A. studies B. is studying C. has studied D. will study
20. The college got some money by selling one of its ________old pictures.
A. useful B. usual C. valuable D. helpful
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (10 pt)
21. Hurry up! She’s cut herself. It bleeds quite badly.
A B C D
22. The printed paper will get out from the output path on a minute.
A B C D
23. My computer doesn’t work. I think that it is broke.
A B C D
24. Everybody I know like to eat chocolates and ice-cream.
A B C D
35. The teacher is telling the pupils what to use the new equipment.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION (10 pts)
Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
26. Helen: “Where do you come from?” ~ Ann “________.”
A. I come from London B. In London C. Yes, I’ve just come here D. I’m living in London
27. “Pass me that pen, please!” ~ “________”.
A. Here you are B. No, it isn’t C. Yes, please D. It doesn’t matter
28. Quang: “Shall we go out for some coffee tonight?” Minh: “_______”
A. No, thanks B. That's a good idea. C. Don't mention it. D. Well done.
29. Hoa: ''Let me congratulate you on your successful exam.'' Lan: ''...........''
A. Ok. B. No problems. C. Thanks B. It's nice of you to say so
30. May I speak to the manager, please?
A. Well done. B. Yes, I'd love to. C. Certainly. D. OK, I will.
C. READING (20 pts)
I. Read and choose the option A, B, C or D that best fits each gap. (10 pts)
Solar energy is a long lasting source of energy, and it can (31)________almost anywhere. To
generate solar energy, we only need solar cells and (32)________! Solar cells can easily be installed on
house (33)________, so we don’t need any new space. Compared to other renewable sources, they also
possess many advantages: wind and water power rely on turbines which (34)________noisy, expensive
and which take up large space. Solar cells are totally silent and (35)________. As they have no moving
parts, they require little maintenance and have a long lifetime.
31. A. be used B. is used C. be using D. to be used
32. A. the earth B. the planet C. the sun D. the moon
33. A. yards B. roofs C. gardens D. doors
34. A. is B. be C. are D. was
35. A. polluted B. polluting C. non-polluted D. non-polluting
II. Read and choose the best answer . (10 pts)
Around the world, there are a lot of festivals. People love festivals because of the advantages
they bring about.
First of all, festivals are good for the community. They create an opportunity for the people to
take part in the festival activities. Also, festivals help people cooperate with one another when they
organize the activities together. They can also know more about and appreciate their cultural values.
10
1
Second, families can benefit from festivals. These are the opportunities for family members to gather,
prepare for the festival and have some fun. For example, before Tet, the whole family decorates their
house, go to the flower market, make Chung cakes, etc. During Tet, they enjoy the meals together and
visit their relatives.
36. Festivals bring to people ……….
A. fun B. amusement C. money D. advantages
37. Festivals create a ……… for the people to take part in their activities.
A. chance B. problem C. value D. nothing
38. The word “cooperate” in line 2 of paragraph 2 has the closest meaning to ………
A. dislike B. work together C. celebrate D. like
39. People decorate their houses ……… Tet.
A. before B. after C. during D. on
40. The passage is mainly about……….
A. problems of festivals B. celebrations of festivals
C. benefits of festivals D. disadavtages
C. WRITING (20 pts)
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (10 pts)
41.They are building a new high way around the city.
A.A new high way is being built around the city.
B.A new high way is been built around the city.
C.A new high way around the city is being built.
D.Around the city a new high way is being built.
42.Whose car is this?
A.Whom does this car belong ?
B. Who belongs to this car ?
C.Who does this car belong to?
D. Whose does this car belong to?
43. “Did you phone me yesterday?” Tom said to Mary.
A.Tom asked Mary if she phoned him yesterday.
B. Tom asked Mary that she had phoned him the day before.
C.Tom asked Mary if she had phoned him the previous day.
D. Tom asked Mary if he had phoned her the day before.
44. I can’t do the test because it is too difficult.
A. If the test isn’t too difficult, I can do it.
B. If the test weren’t too difficult, I could do it.
C. If the test weren’t too difficult, I can do it.
D. If the test hadn’t been too difficult, I could do it.
45. No one has seen Linda since the day of the party.
A. Linda has not been seen since the day of the party.
B. Linda hasn’t seen at the party.
C. The party is going on without Linda.
D. No one has seen Linda for ages.
II. Choose the best sentence written from the cues given (10 pts)
46. She/ask/ if /they/ live/ city/ then.
A. She ask if they live city then.
B. She asks if they live city then.
C. She asked if they lived in the city then.
D. She asked if they are living in the city then.
10
2
47. My father/ tall enough/ play / volleyball.
A. My father is tall enough to play volleyball.
B. My father isn’t tall enough to play volleyball.
C. My father is tall enough for play volleyball.
D. My father isn’t tall enough for playing volleyball.
48. If/ I/ you/ I/ take part/ that game
A. If I was you I take part in that game
B. If were you I would take part in that game
C. If I were you, I can take part in that game
D. If I were you, I would take part in that game
49. She/ wish/ she/ can / play soccer.
A. She wish she could play soccer.
B. She wishes she could play soccer.
C. She wish she can play soccer.
D. She wishes she can play soccer.
50. He / play / tennis, / he?
A. He play tennis, does he?
B. He play tennis, do he?
C. He plays tennis, doesn’t he?
D. He plays tennis, does he?
ĐỀ SỐ 30
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR + LANGUAGE FUNCTION (50 pts)
I. Choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the sentences. (40 pts)
1. China is _____ far the most populated country in the world.
A. as B. by C. so D. to
2. The hotel is beautifully _____ in a quiet spot near the river.
A. located B. situating C. lying D. stayed
3. A _____ is a cave that is big enough for humans to go inside.
A. cavern B. bay C. fortress D. temple
4. If I were in your_____, I’d take it easy and try to forget it.
A. shoe B. shoes C. sandal D. sandals
5. _____ this hand-embroidered picture was expensive, we bought it.
A. As B. Because C. Even though D. Despite
6. _____ is a mix of English, Malay, Mandarin.
A. ‘Hinglish’ B. ‘Singlish’ C. ‘Thailish’ D. ‘Vietlish’
7. My friend, _____bicycle was stolen last week, has decided to buy a motorbike
A. whom B. which C. who D. whose
8. You have cleaned your bike, ________?
A. have you B. do you C. haven’t you D. don’t you
9. Son Doong Cave is recognised as _____ cave in the world by BCRA.
A. the larger than B. the largest C. the larger D. the most large
10. "Mum. I’ve got 600 on the TOEFL test" - "……………."
A. Good way! B. You are right. C. Oh, hard luck! D. Good job!
11. Tom: “How did you get here?" - John: “…………………”
A. I came here last night. B. I came here by train.
C. The train is so crowded. D. Is it far from here?
12. Tom: “How did you get here?" - John: “…………………”
A. I came here last night. B. I came here by train.
10
3
 C. The train is so crowded. D. Is it far from here?
13. That tall woman, ……….career is very successful, usually helps children in this orphanage.
A. that B. what C. which D. whose
14. If you come to England, it will be a good ________ for you to improve your English.
A. opportunity B. advantage C. experience D. possibility
15. Of those _______ took the test last week, Phong is the only one who didn’t study for it.
A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
16. You have cleaned your bike, ________?
A. have you B. do you C. haven’t you D. don’t you
17. Why don’t you have your house _____________?
A. repainted B. repaint C. to repaint D. repainting
18 . She suggested ……….. money for the poor people in the region.
A. to save B. saved C. saving D. save
19. I can’t _______ your loud music any longer. I’m leaving.
A. make out B. keep up with C. hold on to D. put up with
20. Women nowadays have the freedom to __________ whether or not they have children.
A. know B. select C. choose D. elect
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (10 pt)
21. I asked him how far was it to the station if I went there by taxi .
A B C D
22. Linda has worn her new yellow dress only once since she buys it.
A B C D
23. Don’t put too much garlic in the salad; two bunches are enough.
A B C D
24. I asked him how far was it to the station if I went there by taxi .
A B C D
25. Although he was tired, but he still went to work yesterday.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION (10 pts)
Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
26. “When will the conference finish?” - “____”
A. No, it won't. B. Maybe 10:00 a.m.
C. It finished at 9:30 a.m. D. Yes, it’s very interesting.
27. “What was your major at university?” - “ ____”
A. Economics. B. University of Cambridge.
C. It’s up to my decision. D. I'll choose Physics.
28. “Pardon me, where can I find the restroom?” - “____”
A. I want to find the restroom. B. Here you are.
C. It has only one. D. One flight up, to the left of the shoe department.
29. “Excuse me, I would like to book two double rooms.” - “____”
A. You need to fill out this application form.
B. Thank you for booking.
C. Sorry, we only have one double room left.
D. The rooms have been cleaned already.
30. “Thank you for your birthday gift, I really like it.” - “____”
A. I’m happy you like it. B. Of course, it's valuable.
C. Not at all. D. It’s nice of you.
C. READING (20 pts)
10
4
I. Read the text carefully, and then choose the most suitable answers (A, B, C or D) (10 pts)
Face-to-face conversation is a two-way process: You speak to me, I reply to you and so on.
Two-way (31)_______ depends on having a coding system that is understood by both sender and
(32)_______, and an agreed convention about signaling the beginning and end of the message. In
speech, the coding system is the language like English or Spanish; the convention that one person
speaks at a time may seem too obvious to mention. In fact, the signals (33)_______ in conversation and
meetings are often (34)_______. For example, lowering the pitch of the voice may mean the end of a
sentence, a sharp intake of breath may signal the desire to interrupt, catching the chairman’s eye may
indicate the desire to speak in a formal setting like a debate, a clenched fist may indicate anger. When
(35)_______ visual signals are not possible, more formal signals may be needed.
31. A. Exchange B. Interchange C. Communication D. Correspondence
32. A. Announcer B. Receiver C. Messenger D. Transmitter
33. A. That people use B. Are used C. Using D. Being used
34. A. Informal B. non-verbal C. verbal D. formal
35. A. their B. These C. This D. That
II. Read the passage. Choose the option A, B or C that best fits each gap. (10 pts)
Every day on radio, on TV, and in the newspaper, we hear, see or read about many problems in
the world, for example, pollution problems.
Air pollution is the first kind. It mostly comes from fumes released from motorbikes, cars,
airplanes, trains and poisonous gases emitted from factories. Also, waste is dumped anywhere, even in
the city where many people are living. The second pollution problem is sea pollution. Many people
earn their living from fishing in the sea, and the fish they catch feed many people. But the sea has
become so polluted from oil spills and factory wastes that the fish are dying. This is not only killing the
fish, but is also affecting those people who eat fish.
Seldom do you find a place nowadays that is not polluted. This problem is growing more
difficult every day. We must find a good solution that makes the world a better place to live.
36. We hear, see and read about problems in the world _________
A. once a week B. every day C. every week D. every year
37. What causes the air pollution?
A. fumes from vehicles. B. poisonous gases from factories.
C. waste from everywhere D. All are correct
38. The sea has become polluted because of _________
A. oil spills B. factories wastes
C. smoke from factories D. A and B are correct
39. In order to make the world a better place to live, we _________
A. should not prevent pollution B. must find a good solution.
C. should kill the fish. D. None is correct.
40. The word “This” in the passage refers to _________
A. pollution B. oil C. factory D. sea
C. WRITING (20 pts)
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (10 pts)
41. “Would you like to come to my birthday party, D. Frederic reminded Sara of his coming birthday
Sara?” asked Frederic. party.
A. Frederic invited Sara to his birthday party. 42. The last person who leaves the room must
B. Frederic asked if Sara was able to come to his turn off the lights.
birthday party. A. The last person to leave the room must turn off
C. Frederic asked Sara if she likes his birthday the lights.
party or not.
10
5
B. The last person to turn off the lights must leave C. She insisted that I see a doctor unless the sore
the room. throat did not clear up.
C. The last person to be left the room must turn D. She suggested that I see a doctor if the sore
off the lights. throat did not clear up.
D. The last person leave the room must turn off II. Choose the best sentence written from the
the lights. cues given (10 pts)
43. If you practice harder you will have better 46. I / work / teacher / and / my / wife / too.
results. A. I work as a teacher and my wife is, too.
A. The harder you practice, the best results you B. I work as a teacher and my wife does, too.
will have. C. I work as a teacher and my wife works, too.
B. The more hardly you practice, the better results D. I do as a teacher and my wife does, too.
you will have. 47. What / be / your home town …?
C. The hardest you practice, the most results you A. What is your home town age?
will have. B. What is your home town situated?
D. The harder you practice, the better results you C. What is your home town like?
will have. D. What is your home town located?
44. I’m sure Luisa was very disappointed when 48. How / be / you?
she failed the exam. A. How long are you?
A. Luisa must be very disappointed when she B. How high are you?
failed the exam. C. How heavy are you?
B. Luisa must have been very disappointed when D. How wide are you?
she failed the exam. 49. This is / best tea / I / taste.
C. Luisa may be very disappointed when she A. This is the best tea I’ve still tasted.
failed the exam. B. This is the best tea I’ve already tasted.
D. Luisa could have been very disappointed when C. This is the best tea I’ve never tasted.
she failed the exam. D. This is the best tea I’ve ever tasted.
45. “You had better see a doctor if the sore throat 50. I / look / summer holidays.
does not clear up.” she said to me. A. I’m looking forward the summer holidays.
A. She reminded me of seeing a doctor if the sore B. I’m looking to the summer holidays.
throat did not clear up. C. I’m looking before the summer holidays.
B. She ordered me to see a doctor if the sore D. I’m looking for the summer holidays.
throat did not clear up.
-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 31
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR. (50 pts)
I. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (40 pts)
1. They wish they........................have to go to class today.
A. couldn't B. didn't C. don't D. can't
2. Nobody went to the party, _________?
A. didn’t they B. do they C. did they D. does they
3. Remember to turn ……….the light when leaving the office.
A. down B. on C. off D. up
4. ________I was really tired , I couldn’t sleep.
A. Even though B. However C. Therefore D. So that
5. We have learnt English ________2001.
A. for B. since C. in D. at
6. Tuan is reading a book___________ by Shakespeare.
A. is written B. wrote C. written D. writing
10
6
7. I suggest that we ___________ something for the poor.
A. doing B. to do C. should do D. did
8. We didn't have enough time, ___________we couldn’t visit the museum.
A. but B. so C. however D. and
9. The floor is very dirty. It needs ___________.
A. cleaning B. to clean C. to be cleaning D. clean
10. He asked me where ___________.
A. she is working B. is she working
C. she was working D. was she working
11. The teacher told the students always to tell the_____________.
A. true B. truth C. information D. fact
12. He rarely goes fishing, _______________?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn’t he
13. My brother _____________ a sports car if he ___________ the money.
A. bought/would have B. would buy/had C. would
bought/have D. bought/would had
14. The problem with him is that he suffers from constant_____________.
A. sleepy B. sleepless C. sleeplessness D. asleep
15 .________ I was talking to my teacher, my friends were waiting outside the classroom.
A. In order that B. While C. Although D. So that
16. The paintings ________ Mr. Brown has in his house are worth around £100,000.
A. whose B. which C. what D. whom
17.________ is visiting important and historic places in a city or an area as a tourist.
A. Travelling B. Sightseeing C. Wandering D. Sunbathing
18. If you want to stay slim and healthy, you _________ reduce the amount of fast food you eat every
day.
A. may B. should C. need D. would
19. I have _____ older brother and ____ younger sister.
A. an. . . a B. an. . . an C. a. . . a D. a. . . an
20. My house_________ in 1986.
A. is built B. was building C. was built D. has been built
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (10 pt)
21. Jupiter, who is the largest planet in our solar system, has more gravity than the Earth.
A B C D
22. My friend Russ is interested in to work in advertising.
A B C D
23. Although the low wage, he agreed to take the job.
A B C D
24. There’s the woman who she sold me the handbag.
A B C D
25. Mr. Smith is going to buy a new Japanese car, doesn’t he?
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION (10 pts)
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
21. - “ I’m taking my driving test tomorrow.”
-“____________.”
A. Good fortune B. Good luck C. Good outcome D. Good success
22. _ “ Do you mind if I switch the light off?”
10
7
-“ _________________.”
A. Yes, I mind it, sorry. B. What will you do if I don’t mind it?
C. No. Please do it. D. I’d rather you did.
23. – What a lovely hat you have! - Thanks!.…………..
A. That’s OK. B. I don’t care! C. I’m glad you like it. D. Certainly.
24. –………….. a happy marriage should be based on love.
- I definitely agree.
A. I really know B. Do you think C. Personally, I think D. As I see it
25. – Sorry, I forgot to phone you last night! - …………..
A. I have nothing to tell you. B. Oh. Poor me!
C. Never mind. D. Yes.

C. READING (20 pts)

I. Read the text carefully, and then choose the most suitable answers (A, B, C or D) (10 pts)
The English language began(31)…….England, of course. But when people went from England
to(32)…….countries, they brought their language with them. The first English people came to
North America(33)……many things that they did not know about before, especially different
kinds of animals and plants. So they took the(34)……for these plants and animals from the
people(35)…….were already living in America-the Indians. “Raccoon”, “skunk”, “tomato”,
“tobacco” are all American Indian words.
31. A. in B. on C. at D. above
32. A. newly B. other C. much D. lot
33. A. watched B. looked C. saw D. hear
34. A. languages B. vocabulary C. tongue D. words
35. A. whom B. which C. who D. whose
II. Read the passage. Choose the option A, B, C or D that best fits each gap. (10 pts)
About 80 percent of American high school students work at part-time jobs in the evenings,
on weekends or in summer. These part-time jobs bring teenagers great advantages.
One of the benefits of the work is the students can learn the skills that will be useful for the
rest of their lives. When they work, they have to manage both the job and schoolwork. To be able
to do so, they must be very organized and able to keep a sensible schedule. They also learn to
cope with the job stress apart from the stress of the schoolwork. Some of the most stressful jobs
include teaching, nursing, and police work. These skills help prepare teenagers for their later
careers. High school students who work are more likely to succeed as adults than people who
enter the job market at a later age with no work experience.
Teenagers want a lot of expensive things: clothes, mp3 players, trips with their friends, etc.
Not all parents can afford them. And even if they can, the teens might not really appreciate that
money because they did not earn it. When teenagers make money for themselves, they know its
true and are less likely to spend it foolishly.
36. Which of the following is a good title for the passage?
A. Why teenagers should work ? B. Advantages and disadvantages of part-time jobs
C. Part-time jobs cause stress D. Teenagers don't like part-time jobs
37. According to the passage, what is NOT an effect of part-time jobs?
A. Teenagers become organized
B. Teenagers become stressed
C. Teenagers are more likely to have successful careers
D. The students can learn the skills that will be useful for the rest of their lives.
38. The word “cope with” in the passage is closest in meaning to ______.
10
8
A. fight against B. deal with C. suffer from D. meet face to face
39. According to the passage, when teenagers have jobs, they are more likely to _______.
A. spend foolishly B. want expensive things
C. appreciate money D. the teens might not really appreciate that money
40. How much percent of American high school students work at part-time jobs?
A. about 80 B. about 85 C. about 90 D. about 95
D. WRITING (20 pts)
I. Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (10 pts)
41. People say that prevention is better than cure.
A. That prevention is said is better than cure.
B. It is said that prevention is better than cure.
C. Prevention is better that cure is said by people.
D. Prevention says to be better than cure.
42. Charlie said, "I'm thinking of going to live in Canada".
A. Charlie said that I was thinking of going to live in Canada.
B. Charlie said that I am thinking of going to live in Canada.
C. Charlie said that he was thinking of going to live in Canada.
D. Charlie said that he is thinking of going to live in Canada.
43. I bought the desk last year. The desk has been broken.
A. The desk I bought last year has been broken.
B. The desk has been broken which I bought last year.
C. The desk I bought it last year has been broken.
D. The desk whose I bought last year has been broken
44. It was snowing heavily but I didn’t feel cold.
A. In spite of it snow heavily, I didn’t feel quite cold.
B. Although it was snowing heavily, I didn’t feel cold.
C. In spite of heavily snow, I didn’t feel cold.
D. Although heavy snow, I didn’t feel cold.
45. I wish I hadn’t accepted the invitation to her birthday party.
A. I insisted on having been invited to her birthday party.
B. I was very glad to accept the invitation to her birthday party.
C. I regret accepting the invitation to her birthday party.
D. If only I had come to her birthday party.
II. Choose the best sentence written from the cues given (10 pts)
46. My grandpa /recover / quickly / his serious illness
A. My grandpa was recovered very quickly from his serious illness.
B. My grandpa has recovered quite quickly from his serious illness.
C. My grandpa will recover quite quickly after his serious illness.
D. My grandpa recovered more quickly over his serious illness.
47. you / really / be / able / dress / yourself / age
A. You should really be able to dress yourself at your age!
B. You must really be able of dressing yourself in your age.
C. You have really been able of dressing yourself by your age.
D. You are really able of dressing yourself this age!
48. hilltop / have / good / view / our village
A. The hilltop can make our village views better.
B. From the hilltop, our village can viewed very well.
C. From the hilltop, we can have a better view of our village.
10
9
D. From the hilltop, our village can have a better view.
49. museum / small / have / a lot of / unique artifacts
A. This museum is small, but it has a lot of unique artifacts.
B. This museum is small because it has a lot of unique artifacts.
C. That museum is both small and has a lot of unique artifacts.
D. Being small, this museum has a lot of unique artifacts.
50. disappointed / film / entertaining / expected
A. We were disappointed as the film was more entertaining than we expected.
B. We felt disappointed as the film was less entertaining than we had expected.
C. We felt disappointed just because the film was entertaining as we expected.
D. We were disappointed, so the film was more entertaining than we had expected.
-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 32
I. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the blank in each sentence.
Câu 1: This city is developing __________ in the region.
A. as fast as B. faster than C. the fastest D. faster
Câu 2: I look forward to _____ you soon.
A. see B. seeing C. seen D. saw
Câu 3: _________it was so cold, he went out without an overcoat.
A. Although B. Since C. If D. Because
Câu 4: I wish people in the world ______ conflicts and lived in peace.
A. don’t have B. doesn’t have C. didn’t have D. didn’t had
Câu 5: Let’s go to the zoo, __________ ?
A. don’t we B. don’t you C. shall we D. will you
Câu 6: The government should do something to help_________.
A. a poor B. an poor C. poor D. the poor
Câu 7: Tom __________ write to me until last year. Now he sends me e-mail.
A. is used to B. uses to C. used to D. gets used to
Câu 8: Before he went to bed, he __________ all his exercises.
A. finished B. had finished C. has finished D. will finish
Câu 9: The city has recently set _____ a library in the West Suburb.
A. up B. off C. out D. down
Câu 10: There is a big _____of handicrafts made by different craft villages.
A. collection B. collect C. collector D.collecting
th
Câu 11: It is _____ that Thang Long Bridge was built in the 20 century.
A. believes B. believe C. to believe D. believed
Câu 12: There is usually a ______ gap between the old and the young, especially when the world
is changing so fast.
A. generation B. value C. age D. old
Câu 13: Tom said that he ___________ in Leeds in England.
A. is living B. has lived C. lived D. lives
Câu 14: He has___________ interesting book that we all want to borrow it.
A. such B. such an C. such a D. so
Câu 15: I wish my friends spent less time ______ computer games and more time outdoors.
A. play B. to play C. played D. playing
Câu 16: What would you do if you______________me?
A. are B. have been C. were D. will be
Câu 17: Do you think that the various crafts remind people _____ a specific region?
11
0
 A. about B. of C. for D. at
Câu 18: I ___________ any letters home since I came here.
A. haven’t written B. don’t write C. didn’t write D. haven’t wrote
Câu 19: They asked me ___________ I liked watching T.V.
A. if B. whether C. that D. Both A&B are correct
Câu 20: When I looked round the door, the baby_________quietly.
A. is sleeping B. was sleeping C. slept D. were sleeping
Câu 21: “I’ve just found 20 dollars in my pocket!” “ __________ ! ”
A.How crazy B. That’s right C. Thanks a lot D. How cool
Câu 22: “I have an idea. Let’s go for a swim on Sunday afternoon”. - “________”
A. OK, what time? B. I know. C. I’m sure. D.You’re kidding .
Câu 23: "Excuse me! Where’s the post office ?" - "__________ ."
A. It’s over there . B. Don’t worry C. I’m afraid not. D. Yes, I think so.
Câu 24: “ What a nice dress you’re wearing, Jane!” -Jane : “________”
A. That’s too bad. B. Never mind. C. Not at all. D. Thank you.
Câu 25: Jenny: “Thank you very much for your donation, Mr. Robinson.”
Mr. Robinson: “__________ ”
A. You can say that again. B. I see.
C. You are right. D. Delighted, I was able to help.
II.Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction
Câu 26 Simon takes part with many different volunteer programs in his town.
A B C D
Câu 27.Sally dances very beautiful. She is a great dancer in our ballet class.
A B C D
Câu 28. I sometimes wish that I will have another car.
A B C D
Câu 29 Your friends went to your native village last weekend, weren’t they?
A B C D
Câu 30 I asked him how far was it to the station if I went there by taxi.
A B C D
III.Choose A. B. C or D to complete the following passage.
Air (31) ................... is caused of ill-health in human beings. (32) ................... a lot of countries,
there are laws limiting the amount of smoke which factories can (33) ................... although there is not
enough information on the effects of smoke on the atmosphere. Doctors have proved that air pollution
causes lung diseases. The gases from the exhausts of cars have also (35) ................... air pollution in
most cities. The lead in petrol produces a poisonous gas, which is often (35) ................... in busy streets
circled by high buildings. Children who live in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere
cannot think as quickly as other children, and are clumsy when they use their hands.
Câu 31. A. pollute B. pollution C. polluted D. polluting
Câu 32. A. On B. At C. For D. In
Câu 33. A. to produce B. produced C. producing D. produce
Câu 34 A. increased B. increasing C. to increase D. increase
Câu 35. A. collected B. collect C. collecting D. collects
IV.Read the passage then choose the correct answer A, B, C or D to the questions.
Last year I went to Nepal for three months to work in a hospital. I think it's important to see as
much of a country as you can, but it is difficult to travel around Nepal. The hospital let me have a few
days’ holiday, so I decided to go into the jungle and I asked a Nepalese guide, Kamal Rai, to go with
me.
11
1
 We started preparing for the trip at six in the morning, and left camp with two elephants carrying
our equipment. It was hot but Kamal made me wear shoes and trousers to protect me from snakes. In
the jungle there was a lot of wildlife, but we were trying to find big cats, especially tigers. We climbed
onto the elephants' backs to get better view, but it is unusual to find tigers in the afternoon because they
sleep in the heat of the day.
Then, in the distance, we saw a tiger, and Kamal told me to be very quiet. We crept nearer and
found a dead deer, still bleeding. This was the tiger's lunch! Suddenly I started to feel very frightened.
We heard the tiger a second before we saw it. It jumped out like a flash of lightning, five hundred
kilos plus and four meters long. I looked into its eyes and face, and saw right down the animal's throat.
It grabbed Kamal's leg between its teeth, but I managed to pull Kamal away. One of our elephants ran
at the tiger and made it go back into the grass, so we quickly escaped to let the tiger eat its lunch. That
night it was impossible to sleep!
Câu 36: The writer went to Nepal ________.
A. for holiday B. for treatment C. for business D. on tour
Câu 37: When having a few days off, he decided to go into ________.
A. the remote villages B. the mountains
C. the seaside D. the tropical forest
Câu 38: It's difficult to find tigers in the afternoon because ________.
A. they usually sleep at this time of day
B. it's so hot at this time
C. the elephants' back wasn't high enough to get view
D. tigers hardly hunt in the heat of the day
Câu 39: The writer started to feel frightened when ________.
A. he saw a tiger B. he saw the tiger's lunch
C. he crept nearer D. he found a deer
Câu 40: Which of the followings is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Tigers are members of the cat family.
B. The writer was made to wear shoes and trousers to protect him from the heat of the day.
C. Kamal narrowly escaped being killed.
D. It was such a terrible experience that the writer couldn't sleep that night.
V. Choose the sentence that has the closest meaning to the root one.
Câu 41: I’m sorry. I can’t speak English fluently.
A. I wish I could speak English fluently.
B. I wish I speak English fluently.
C. I wish I can speak English fluently.
D. I wish I can’t speak English fluently.
Câu 42: We will meet him at the station.
A. He will be met at the station.
B. He will meet at the station.
C. He will be meet at the station.
D. He will be meeted at the station.
Câu 43: The test is so difficult that we can’t finish it on time
A. If the test are not difficult, we could do it on time.
B. If the test were not difficult, we could do it on time.
C. If the test were not difficult, we can do it on time.
D. Unless the test were not difficult, we could do it on time.
Câu 44: “I am working now,” said she.
A. She said that she will have worked now.
11
2
 B. She said that she is working now.
C. She said that she will be working then.
D. She said that she was working then.
Câu 45: Jenny does not play tennis as well as she used to.
A. Jenny used to play tennis worse than she does now.
B. Jenny used to play tennis as well as she does now.
C. Jenny used to play tennis better than she does now.
D. Jenny used to play tennis as badly as she does now.

VI: Mark the letter A, B,C or D that is best written from the words /phrases given.
Câu 46: My grandpa I recover / quickly / his serious illness
A.My grandpa was recovered very quickly from his serious illness.
B.My grandpa has recovered quite quickly from his serious illness.
C. My grandpa will recover quite quickly after his serious illness.
D. My grandpa recovered more quickly over his serious illness.
Câu 47 : you / really / be / able / dress / yourself / age
A.You should really be able to dress yourself at your age!
B.You must really be able of dressing yourself in your age.
C. You have really been able of dressing yourself by your age.
D. You are really able of dressing yourself this age!

Câu 48: hilltop I have I good / view / our village

A.The hilltop can make our village views better.
B.From the hilltop, our village can viewed very well.
C. From the hilltop, we can have a better view of our village.
D. From the hilltop, our village can have a better view.

Câu 49 : museum I small / have / a lot of / unique artifacts

A.This museum is small, but it has a lot of unique artifacts.
B.This museum is small because it has a lot of unique artifacts.
C.That museum is both small and has a lot of unique artifacts.
D.Being small, this museum has a lot of unique artifacts.

Câu 50 : disappointed / film / entertaining / expected

We were disappointed as the film was more entertaining than we expected.
We felt disappointed as the film was less entertaining than we had expected.
C. We felt disappointed just because the film was entertaining as we expected.
D. We were disappointed, so the film was more entertaining than we had expected.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 33
I. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. Mary __________ the country by the time this letter reaches her.
A. is going to leave B. will leave C. is leaving D. will have left
2. Most Americans don't object __________ being called by their first names.
A. for B. to C. in D. about
3. Let's go to the library, __________?
11
3
 A. shall we B. will we C. would we D. should we
4. I'm sorry for __________ such a fuss about the unfruitful plan.
A. making B. doing C. paying D. taking
5. Smoke, dirt and noise are all kinds of __________.
A. pollute B. polluting C. pollutants D. polluter
6. This switch is __________ high for him to reach.
A. very B. too C. enough D. so
8. This is the first time I __________ the experiment on plant breeding.
A. have done B. do C. would do D. did
9. I have been invited to a wedding __________ 14 February.
A. in B. of C. on D. at
10. Tomorrow we'll go to Noi Bai Airport to meet Maryam, _________comes from Malaysia.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
11. His house looks very large and beautiful. It is _________house.
A. a seven-room B. a seven-rooms C. seven room D. seven rooms
12. If you get up early, you _________late.
A. weren't B. wouldn't be C. aren't D. won't be
13. It's very hot today. I wish I _________on the beach now.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
14. When he lived in the city, he _________to the theater twice a week.
A. uses to go B. has gone C. used to go D. was going
15 My father asked us _________too much time playing computer games.
A. not to spending B. did not spend C. not to spend D. to not spent
16. Hoai cannot remember the name of the restaurant ________she ate her favorite roasted duck.
A. which B. whose C. whom D. where
17. If I were a flower, I _________a sunflower.
A. was B. were C. will be D. would be
18. Nobody went to the party, _________?
A. does he B. do they C. didn’t they D. did they
19. My house _________in 1986.
A. is built B. was building C. was built D. has been built
20. The doctor _________me not to stay up too late at night.
A. advised B. suggested C. insisted D. forced
21. - "You look nice today. I like your new hair style." - " ."
A. It's nice of you to say so B. Shall I? Thanks.
C. Oh, well done! D. I feel interesting to hear that.
22. - "A motorbike knocked Ted down I" - "__________."
A. What is it now? B. Poor Ted I
C. How terrific! D. What a motorbike!
23. Sally: "What about collecting used paper every day?" ~ Jenny: " _______"
A. Yes, you must. B. Well done.
C. That's a good idea. D. Thanks, it's nice of you.
24. Peter: “Would you like some more tea?" ~ John: " _______"
A. Yes, give me some B. Yes, you would
C. No, I won't D. No, please
25. - “I learned that you won the 100-meter race this morning. Congratulations!”
- “_______”
A. Thank you. B. No, don't say so.
11
4
 C. Just lucky. D. No, no. I ran slowly.
II.Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
1. I've been studying French since I have started high school.
A B C D
2. It took them at least two months learning how to pronounce these words.
A B C D
3. Lake Superior, that lies on the US Canadian border, is the largest lake in North America.
A B C D
4. It’s late. It’s a time for us going home.
A B C D
5. The twentieth century was a time when there was a lot of important events.
A B C D
III.Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
It is estimated that about three billion people use the internet computer network around the
world. Most people use the Internet to (1) _______information or for entertainment. A new study, (2)
________, shows US that almost 10% of Internet users are using it SO often that it is seriously harming
their lives. The study says that these people may find it difficult to stop using the Internet because they
have become addicted. Someone who is addicted finds it extremely difficult to stop (3)
_______activity. According to a psychologist in the field. 30% of Internet users claim that they use the
Internet to escape from (4) _______or emotions. The study also shows that having a chat or discussion
with strangers on the Internet is one of the most (5) _______activities.
1. A. take B. get C. make D. Catch
2. A. however B. but C.and D. Although
3. A. the B. a C. an D. Ø
4. A. trouble B. nuisance C. dangers D. problems
5. A. liking B. desired C. addictive D. hunted
IV. Read the following passage and choose the item (A, B, or C) that best answers each of the
questions about it.
There are many causes that lead to water pollution. One main cause of this issue is waste water
coming from many factories and then being directly pulled out into water bodies, especially into rivers
or seas without any treatment because this is the most convenient way of disposing waste water.
Industrial waste consists of some kinds of chemical substances such as sculpture, which is harmful for
marine life. Lead is known as the main reason for cancer disease. Cancer has become a popular disease
in several communes which are called “ cancer villages”. Another cause is the awareness of citizens,
people always use water for many purposes and then they dump waste water or garbage directly into
rivers, canals and ponds and so on. In 2004, because of a bird flu outbreak in Viet Nam, people threw
poultry to water body that made water highly polluted.
1. How many causes of water pollutions are listed in the passage?
A. one B. two C. three D. four
2. Is the sewage from factories treated before dumping into water bodies?
A. No, it isn’t B. Yes, it is
C. Because water is polluted D. no, it doesn’t
3. What is the main reason for cancer disease?
A. rice B. rain C. lead D. air
4. What is cancer called when it has become a popular disease in several communes?
A. cancer grounds B. cancer offices
11
5
 C. cancer villages D. cancer city
5. What did Vietnamese do in 2004?
A. They bought dead poultry. B. They ate dead poultry.
C. They threw dead poultry into water. D. They sold dead poultry
V.Mark letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
the original sentence in each of the following questions.
1. I’m sorry I can’t go to your birthday party tomorrow.
A. I wish I can go to your birthday party tomorrow.
B. I wish I can’t go to your birthday party tomorrow.
C. I wish I could go to your birthday party tomorrow.
D. I wish I couldn’t go to your birthday party tomorrow.
2. “Why don’t you meet to discuss how to organize the fair?”
A. He suggested that we should meet to discuss how to organize the fair.
B. He suggested that we shouldn’t meet to discuss how to organize the fair.
C. He suggested to meet to discuss how to organize the fair.
D. He suggested to meeting to discuss how to organize the fair.
3. Although it rained heavily, we all enjoyed the excursion.
A. Despite it rained heavily, we all enjoyed the excursion.
B. Despite the rain heavy, we all enjoyed the excursion.
C. Despite the heavy rain, we all enjoyed the excursion.
D. Despite the heavily rain, we all enjoyed the excursion.
4. “Where are you going on your holidays?” I asked them.
A. I asked them where they are going on their holidays.
B. I asked them where are they going on their holidays.
C. I asked them where they were going on their holidays.
D. I asked them where were they going on their holidays.
5. It took me 4 hours to read the first chapter of the book.
A. I spent 4 hours reading the first chapter of the book.
B. I spent 4 hours to read the first chapter of the book.
C. I spent 4 hours to reading the first chapter of the book.
D. I spent 4 hours read the first chapter of the book.

VI. Choose the best anwer:

1. How long / they / be / seaside / last summer holiday?
A. How long were they at the seaside last summer holidays?
B How long did they at the seaside last summer holidays?
C. How long have they be at the seaside last summer holidays?
D. How long was they at the seaside last summer holidays?

2. He / be / there / a month.
A.He was there for a month. B.He was there since a month.
C.He has been there for a month. D. He have been there for a month.
3. This picture / look / very nice.
A.This picture looks very nice. B.This picture look very nice.
C.This picture looked very nice. C. This picture is looking very nice.
4. What / be / the matter / her / last Friday.
A. What did the matter with her last Friday? B.What were the matter with her last Friday?
C.What has been the matter with her last Friday? D.What was the matter with her last Friday?
11
6
5. How far / be / it / your town / Da Lat.
A. How far is it from your town to Da Lat? B.How far was it from your town to Da Lat?
C.How far it is from your town to Da Lat? D.How far it was from your town to Da Lat?

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 34
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR
I. Choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the sentences. (4,0 pts)
1. She often goes to the ................ to pray because her religion is Islam.
A.church B.pagoda C.temple D.mosque
2.Mary was really .................. by the beauty of Ha Noi.
A.impress B.impression C.impressive D.impressed
3.The United States has a ........................... of around 250 million.
A.population B.separation C.addition D.introduction
4.Mathematics and Literature are ..................... subjects in high schools.
A.adding B.compulsory C.optional D.religious
5.It’s very kind ........................... you to say so!
A..in B.to C.for D.of
6. Japanese often spend a long time on the traffic jams. __________, they are very polite.
A. However B. Although C. Therefore D.So
7. The ao dai is the traditional_________of Vietnamese women.
A. dress B.skirt C. blouse D. poem
8. Nam drives very __________ and he has had three accidents this year.
A. fast B. fastly C. fasten D.fastest
9. Can you tell me the reason for ............................. the Mother’s Day ?
A. celebrating B. celebration C. celebrate D. celebrated
10. If it __________ heavily this evening, I can’t go out for a walk.
A. rained B. rains C. will rain D.rain
11. She failed her driving test __________she didn’t practice hard enough.
A. because B. and C. so D.but
12. You bought this pair of trouser yesterday,_____?
A.didn’t you B. weren’t C.did you D.were you
13. He’s the man ___________ is talking on the phone over there.
A. which B. whom C. who D.whose
14.Do you mind ______me an evening an evening newspaper on the way home ?
A. buy B.to buy C.buying D.bought
15. I suggest ____________ something for the poor in our area.
A. us to do B. you should do C. to do D.to doing
16. Don’t forget to turn .................. the lights when you leave the classroom.
A. on B. out C. off D. up
17. The ............... in the pipes made water leak and we had to pay for the water.
A. cracks B. holes C. cut D. break
18. ..................... energy is much safer than nuclear power.
A. Sun B. Sunny C. Solar D. Sun’s
19. Lighting ....................... for 30 percent of our electricity bill.
A. accouts B. makes C. puts D. does
20.I had _________to the countryside last month.
11
7
A.a two-day trip B. a two-days trip C. two-day trip D. two-days trip
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (1,0 pt)
21. What will you do when you will grow up?
A B C D
22 . Nam always pays his bills on time, but his brother does
A B C D
23 . The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted
A B C D
24 . Our neighbor will look for the garden when we go on holiday
A B C D
25 . They wish there was many rivers and lakes in their hometown.
A B C D
B./LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best answer (1.0pt)
26. Binh: “Can you lend me your pencils?” – Phuong: “___________________”
A. That’s a good idea B. Sure. Here you are. C. It doesn’t matter. D.thank you
27.May: “I suggest going camping on the other side of the river.” - Dung: “____________”
A. That’s a good idea. B. Have a good trip. C. Congratulations D.Go ahead
28. David: “I can’t find my wallet, John” – John: “Don’t worry. I’ll help you to ________ it.”
A. look for B. take care of C. put on D.look up
29. Phong: “Shall I call you a taxi?” – Son: “________________”
A. Let’s do. B. Oh. That would be nice. C. Yes, I’d love to. D.you are welco
30. Bach: “Would you mind turning off the ceiling fan, please?” – Yen: “ ______________”
A. No, not at all. I will turn it off.
B. Yes, I do. I can turn it off.
C. Of course. I am very cold now. D. Yes, I would.
C. READING
I. Read the passage. Choose the option A, B or C that best fits each gap. (1,0 pt)
Jeans are very popular with young people all (31) ________ the world. Some people say that jeans
are the "uniform" of youth. But they haven't always been popular. The story of jeans started (32)
________ two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth (33) ________ in
Genoa was called "jeanos". The pants were called "jeans". In 1850, a saleman in California began
selling pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. (34) ________ they were so strong, "Levi's
pants" became popular with gold miners, farmers and cowboys. Six years later, Levi began making his
pants with blue cotton cloth called denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and Europe
began (35) ________ jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.

31. A. in B. over C. on
32. A. lots B. most C. almost
33. A. making B. made C. makes
34. A. Although B. But C. Because
35. A. wear B. wearing C. wore
II. Read the passage carefully then choose the correct answer A, B or C for each question below.
(1,0 pt)
Every day on radio, on TV, and in the newspaper, we hear, see or read about many problems in
the world, for example, pollution problems.
Air pollution is the first kind. It mostly comes from fumes released from motorbikes, cars,
airplanes, trains and poisonous gases emitted from factories. Also, waste is dumped any where, even in
11
8
the city where many people are living. The second pollution problem is sea pollution. Many people
earn their living from fishing in the sea, and the fish they catch feed many people. But the sea has
become so polluted from oil spills and factory wastes that the fish are dying. This pollution is not only
killing the fish, but is also affecting those people who eat fish.
Seldom do you find a place nowadays that is not polluted. This problem is growing more
difficult everyday. We must find a good solution that makes the world a better place to live.
36. We hear, see and read about problems in the world _________
A. once a week B. every day C. every week
37. What causes the air pollution?
A. fumes from vehicles and poisonous gases from factories.
B. waste from everywhere
C. A and B are correct.
38. The sea has become polluted because of _________
A. oil spills and factories wastes
B. oil spills and smoke from factories
C. smoke from factories and factories wastes
39. Sea pollution can _______________.
A. come from fumes released from motorbikes, cars, airplanes, trains
B. kill the fish and affect the people eating fish
C. feed many people
40. In order to make the world a better place to live, we _______________.
A. should not prevent pollution
B. should find a good solution
C. should kill the fish
D. WRITING
I.Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (1,0 pt)
41. She last ate this kind of food when she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
A. She hasn’t eaten this kind of food when she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
B. She hasn’t eaten this kind of food since she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
C. She hasn’t ate this kind of food since she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
42. “I am taking my driving test tomorrow.” he said.
A. He said that he is taking my driving test the next day.
B. He said that he was taking my driving test tomorrow.
C. He said that he was taking my driving test the following day.
43. I bought the desk last year. The desk has been broken.
A. The desk I bought last year has been broken.
B. The desk has been broken which I bought last year.
C. The desk I bought it last year has been broken.
44. “Where will you go this Saturday, Nga?” the little boy asked.
A. The little boy asked Nga where she will go this Saturday.
B. The little boy asked Nga where she will go that Saturday.
C. The little boy asked Nga where she would go that Saturday.
45. They will build a hospital in this area.
A. A new hospital will be built in this area.
B. A new hospital will be builded in this area.
C. A new hospital would be built in this area.
II Choose the best answer from the suggested words(1,0 pt)
46.I/wish/you/visit/me/now. A. I wish you visit me now
11
9
 B. I wish you will visit me now D.I look forward to receive your reply.
C. I wish you visited me now. 49.If/ he/study/hard,/he/pass/exam .
D. I wish you will visit me now. A. If he study hard , he will pass the exam.
47.Two days ago/I decide/do/my washing. B. If he study hard , he pass the exam.
A. Two days ago I decided to do my washing. C. If he studies hard , he will pass the exam.
B. Two days ago I decide to do my washing. D. If he study hard , he doesn’t pass the exam.
C. Two days ago I decide doing my washing. 50.I/suggest/collect/some money.
D. Two days ago I decide to doing my washing. A. I suggest collect some money
48.I/look forward/receive/reply. B.I suggest to collecting some money
A. I look forward to receive your reply. C.I suggest to collect some money
B. I look forward to receiving your reply. D.I suggest collecting some money
C .I look forward receive your reply.
-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 35
I. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
1. Pressure _____________children to get into top schools has reached a crisis point.
A. at B. under C. on D. with
2. Perhaps what you're reading or hearing is boring, which makes it hard to _______ on the book or the
conversation.
A. concentrate B. rely C. depend D. notice
3. A great way to improve_____________ skills is to keep trying new things.
A. reason B. reasoned C. reasoning D. reasons
4. As children move toward_____________, they are less likely to ask for advice.
A. dependent B. dependence C. independent D. independence
5. Taking good notes _____________ students to evaluate, organize and summarize information.
A. requests B. requires C. allows D. offers
6. Susan needs someone to show her how to_____________ her anxiety and depression.
A. empathise B. try C. succeed D. manage
7. Mi asked what information she _____________that assignment.
A. needs to be done B. needed doing C. need to do D. needed to do
8. My teacher told me that I ________ attend the match course for the higher level programme that I
________ for.
A. can’t-apply B. couldn’t –apply
C. can’t-applied D. couldn’t-had applied
9. My parents asked me to find out it gave you so much trouble.
A. what B. which C. why D. where
10. I’d like to see that football match because I___________ once this year.
A. haven’t seen B. don’t see C. weren’t seeing D. didn’t see
11. They always kept on good ______with their next-door neighbors for the children’s sake.
A. will B. friendship C. terms D. relations
12. Some candidates failed the oral examination because they didn’t have enough ________.
A. confide B. confident C. confidential D. confidence
13. Our new coach is popular ___________the whole team.
A. for B. to C. by D. with
14. Don’t go too fast! I can’t _____up with you.
A. keep B. go C. walk D. run
15. I have no idea where ___________.
A. has she got that information B. she got that information
12
0
C. did she get that information D. that information has she got
16. That’s___________ story I have ever heard.
A. a ridiculous B. the ridiculous
C. the more ridiculous D. the most ridiculous
17. We bought some ___________.
A. German lovely old glasses B. German old lovely glasses
C. lovely old German glasses D. old lovely German glasses
18. ___________non-verbal language is_________ important aspect of interpersonal
communication.
A. The - a B. ø – an C. A – the D. The - ø
19. I’d like to see that football match because I___________ once this year.
A. haven’t seen B. don’t see C. weren’t seeing D. didn’t see
20. According to the weather________ HCMC will be sunny.
A. typhoon B. tornado C. earthquake D. forecast

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the
following questions.
21. Julie failed her driving testbecause she hasn't practised enough.
A B C D
22. I don't mind a little inconvenient but this is impossible.
A B C D
23. Sleeping, resting, and to drink fruit juice are the best ways to care for a cold.
A B C D
24. I haven’t visited my friends when I came to live in the city.
A B C D
25. Tom asked Peter whether he had gone to Mai’s birthday party last night.
A B C D
III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges
26. A. "I'm afraid I can't come to your house-warming party next Saturday.
B: “___________________”
A. That sounds fun. B. Oh, what a pity I
C. That's ridiculous. D. Oh, what a relief!
27. A: "Thank you very much for coming to our wedding!" - B:" ___________________"
A. Our pleasure! Happy wedding! B. Don't mention it. Go ahead!
C. Our pleasure! Good success! D. Don't mention it. Just my luck!
28. “Would you mind turning down the TV? I’m working!” - “________________.”
A. Yes, I’m working, too. B. Not at all. I’ll do it now.
C. Thank you. I’m pleased. D. No, I wouldn’t be working.
29. “Please, lock the door carefully before you leave the room.” - “________.”
A. I won’t tell you when I do it. B. I’m thinking of selling the house.
C. That’s for sure. D. I’m sorry. I did it last night.
30. “I wonder whether to study abroad or to find a job.” - “________.”
A. My sister decided to study in Australia
B. You should get an IELTS certificate first
C. We’ll graduate soon
D. How about becoming an editor?
IV. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or
phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
12
1
 BEFORE THE INTERVIEW
You should find out as much as possible about the job and the (31)___________.Before the
interview, you have to send a letter of application and your resumes to the company to express your
interest in the job and (32) ___________that you may be the most suitable candidate for the position.
When you come to the interview, remember (33) ___________ with you your school certificates and
letter of recommendation from your teachers or your previous employers. (34) ___________ you may
jot down your qualifications and experience that can relate to the job and prepare for the questions that
are often asked during the interview. Make sure you know where the interview is and (35)
___________ there. Be on time or a few minutes early. Don't forget to dress neatly and formally.
31. A. vacancy B. career C. profession D. place
32. A. showing B. to show C. shown D. show
33. A. to bring B. bringing C. brought D. bring
34. A. Although B. In addition C. However D. And
35. A. how to get B. how getting C. way getting D. to get
V. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 41 to 45
After inventing dynamite, Swedish-born Alfred Nobel became a very rich man. However, he
foresaw its universally destructive powers too late. Nobel preferred not to be remembered as the
inventor of dynamite, so in 1895, just two weeks before his death, he created a fund to be used for
awarding prizes to people who had made worldwide contributions to mankind. Originally there were
five awards: literature, physics, chemistry, medicine and peace. Economics was added in 1968, just
sixty-seven years after the first awarded ceremony.
Nobel’s original legacy of nine million dollars was invested, and the interest on this sum is used
for the awards which vary from 30.000 dollars to 125.000 dollars.
Every year on December 10, the anniversary of Nobel’s death , the awards (gold medals,
illuminated diploma and money) are present to the winners. Sometimes politics plays an important roles
in the judges’ decision. American have won numerous science awards, but relatively few literature
prizes.
No awards were presented from 1940 to 1942 at the beginning of World War II. Some people
have won two prizes, but this is rare; other have shares their prizes.
36. When did the first award ceremony take place?
A. 1895 B. 1901 C. 1962 D. 1968
37. Why was the Nobel’s prize established?
A. to recognize worldwide contributions to humanity
B. to resolve political differences
C. to honor the inventor of dynamite
D. to spend money.
38. In which field have American received the most awards?
A. Literature B. Peace C. Economics D. Science
39. In how many field are the prizes given?
A. 2 B. 5 C. 6 D. 10
40. Which of the following statements is NOT true.
A. Awards vary in monetary value
B. Ceremonies are held on December 10 to commemorate Nobel’s invention
C. Politics can play an important role in selecting the winners
D. A few individuals have won two awards.
VI. Mark the letter A, B, c, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following questions.
12
2
41. “I will help you,” Bob said to me.
A. Bob told me he would help me.
B. Bob asked me to help him.
C. Bob said that he would help you.
D. Bob warned me that he would help her.
42. They had decorated the tree with colored balls.
A. Colored balls had been decorated under the tree.
B. The tree had been decorated with colored balls.
C. They had decorated colored balls and the tree.
D. With colored balls the tree had looked beautiful.
43. I don’t want to hear you complaining any more.
A. I’ve had enough of your complaining.
B. I wish to hear you complaining more and more.
C. Why don’t you complain more?
D. I’m too busy to listen to your complaining.
44. I didn't arrive in time to see her.
A. I was early enough but I didn't see her.
B. She was late so I couldn’t see her.
C. I wasn't early enough to see her.
D. I am so late that I can't see her.
45. Claudia didn’t have an umbrella, so she got wet.
A. If Claudia had an umbrella, she wouldn’t get wet.
B. Claudia didn’t get wet because she had an umbrella.
C. If Claudia had had an umbrella, she wouldn’t have got wet.
D. If Claudia has an umbrella, she won’t get wet.
VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, D on your answer sheet to indicate the best sentence that can be made
from the words given.
46. school-leavers/ choose/ college/ employment/ immediate
A. School-leavers can choose either college or immediate employment.
B. School-leavers can make a choice among college and employment immediately.
C. School-leavers can choose either college and employment immediately.
D. School-leavers can make an immediate choice of neither college nor employment.
47. we/look carefully/right/left/crossing/roads.
A, we must look carefully right or left after crossing the roads
B, we must look carefully right or left before crossing the roads
C, we must look carefully right and left after crossing the roads
D, we must look carefully right and left before crossing the roads.
48. It/ report/ that/ the troops / coming.
A. It reported that the troops were coming.
B. It reports that the troops were coming.
C. It was reported that the troops to be coming.
D. It was reported that the troops were coming
49. Mr. Lam / now wear / face mask / protect /him / Covid 19.
A. Mr. Lam is now wearing a face mask to protect him of Covid 19.
B. Mr. Lam is now wearing a face mask to protect him from Covid 19.
C. Mr. Lam now wear a face mask to protect him from Covid 19.
D. Mr. Lam is now wearing a face mask to protect him at Covid 19.
50. engine/ car/ need/ clean/ once/ month/.
12
3
A. The engine of the car needs cleaning once a month.
B.The engine for the car need to clean once a month.
C. The engine with the car needs to be cleaned once a month.
D. The engine of the car needs to clean once a month.
-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 36
Choose the option A, B, C or D which best completes or responds to each sentence.
1: The bridge ___________in 2000.
A. was built B. built C. has been built D. builds
2: She likes watching the stars ________night.
A. at B. on C. for D. in
3: I wish they ____ here tomorrow
A. will come B. would come C. come D. came
4: Mary ____ write to me last year
A. used to B. uses to C. is used to D. was used to
5: We have lived in Hanoi ____ four years
A. in B. since C. for D. at
6 : It took me half an hour _______ to Hai Duong City yesterday.
A. get B. getting C. to get D. got
7: He loves his parents very much and wants them to be ___________.
A. happily B. happiness C. happy D. happiest
8 : He’s never gone to school on Sunday, ___________?
A. has he B. is he C. hasn’t he D. isn’t he
9 : Lan is very tired.________, she has to finish her work before going to bed.
A.So B. Although C. However D. Therefore
10 : I ....... her since we ...... students.
A. have known/ are B. know/ are C. have known/ were D. has known/ is
11. The professor ______ course I am taking is excellent
A. who B. whom C. that D. whose
12. Next summer, we’re having a swimming pool________ in our garden.
A. builds B. build C. building D. built
12: There is a huge gap between ______ rich and _____ poor in this country.
A. the-Φ B. a - an C. the – a D. the - the
13: What _________ you________ when I phoned?
A. did... do B. were ... doing C. were... do D. did... doing
14: She asked me if I __________a laptop computer the following day.
A. buy B. bought C. will buy D. would buy
15: If it rains on Sunday, we shall have to ___________ the football match for a week.
A. bring on B. take off C. put off D. put away
16. It’s my mother’s birthday tomorrow, and I don’t know……………….
A. which to buy B. what to buy C. anything to buy D. nothing to buy
17 Son Doong Cave is recognised as ___________ cave in the world by BCRA.
A. the larger than B. the largest C. the larger D. the most large
18 . China is _____ far the most populated country in the world.
A. as B. by C. so D. to
19. Julie has come to Vietnam many times because of the __________ of the people here
A. Friendly B. friendless C. friendliness D. friend
20. His house looks very large and beautiful. It is _________house.
12
4
 A. a seven-room B. a seven-rooms C. seven room D. seven rooms
21 : Peter: “ I have bought you a toy. Happy birthday to you!”
Mary: “…………………”
A. What a lovely toy! Thank B. Have a nice day
C. What a pity! D. You are welcome
22 : John: Shall we go out to choose a birthday gift for Mary?
Peter: ___________________.
A. Good idea B. Happy Birthday C. Yes, please do D. Are you sure ?
23. “ What a beautiful dress!” –“________”
A. Have the same to you B. Congratulation! C. Well done! D. It’s kind of you to say so!
24. “ Thank you very much for the meal!” –“________”
A. It’s my pleasure. B. That’s a good idea. C. That sounds great. D. Yes, I’d love to.
25 . “Would you mind if I used your computer for a couple of hours?”
– “________________”
A. Of course, I am still using it now B. Yes, it’s all right
C. Not at all. I’ve finished my job D. Yes, you can use it.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs
correction.
26. Tina has lived in England for over a year, so he’s used to drive on the left now.
A B C D
27. I saw the men, the women and the cattle which went to the field.
A B C D
2 8. At first, life was difficult for me because of I didn’t understand English.
A B C D
2 9. My mother still spends 14 hours a day do the housework.
A B C D
30. I think it’s importance for us to find solutions to our problem.
A B C D
Read the following passage and choose the best answerA,B,C or D to each question .
Living in the country is something that people from the city often dream about. However, in
reality, it has both advantages and disadvantages.
There are certainly many advantages to living in the country. First, you can enjoy peace and
quietness. Moreover, people tend to be friendlier. A further advantage is that there is less traffic, so it is
safer for young children.
However, there are certain disadvantages or drawbacks to life outside the city. First, because
there are fewer people, you are likely to have few friends. In addition, entertainment is difficult to find,
particularly in the evening. Furthermore, the fact that there are fewer shops and services means that it is
hard to find jobs.
In short, it can be seen the country is more suitable for some people than others. On the whole, it
is often the best for those who are retired or who have young children. In contrast, young people who
have a career are better provided in the city.
31 : According to the passage, living in the country has .
A. only good points B. only bad points C. both good and bad pointsD. no
disadvantages
32 : How many advantages does living in the county have?
A. two B. three C. four D. no
33 : Living in the country is safer for young children because .

12
5
A. there is less traffic B. there are few shops C. there are fewer people D.
there are few services
34: Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?
A. People in the country tend to be friendlier than people in the city.
B. It’s hard to find entertainment in the country.
C. There are fewer shops and services in the country.
D.The country is only suitable for retired people.
35 :.Having few friends is .
A. one of drawbacks to life in the country
B. the only disadvantage to living in the countryside
C. one of certain drawbacks to life outside the city
D.one of certain advantages to life outside the city
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, Cor D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word for each of the blanks
Last week I went to an International Food Festival taking place in HaiPhong. Because the festival only
(36) ___place for one day, hundreds of people crowded into it. It was the biggest food festival I had
ever seen. There (37) __ thirty countries participating in the festival. They brought with them traditional
food specialities which reflected their unique national(38)______.
I was really impressed (39) ___the Cobb salad. It is an American garden salad made from chopped
salad greens, tomato, bacon, chicken breast, hard-boiled egg, avocado, cheese, and red-wine
vinaigrette. (40)___the salad requires quite a few ingredients, it is not quick to make.
Question36.A. ran B. took C. went D. found
Question37.A. are B. is C. was D. were
Question38.A. cooking B. food C. foods D. cuisine
Question39.A. by B. at C. in D. on
Question40.A. But B. Although C. Because D. So
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is CLOSEST in
meaning to each of the following sentences
41: He has been collecting stamps for five years.
A. He started to collecting stamps for five years.
B. He started to collect stamps for five years.
C. He started to collect stamps for five years ago.
D. He started to collect stamps five years ago.
42: He doesn’t study hard, so he can fail the exam.
A. If he studied hard, he wouldn’t fail the exam.
B. If he didn’t study hard, he wouldn’t fail the exam.
C. If he studies hard, he wouldn’t have failed the exam.
D. If he hadn’t sutdied hard, he won’t fail the exam.
43: “We are learning English at this moment.” Nam said.
A. Nam said that he was learning English at that moment.
B. Nam said that they were learning English at this moment.
C. Nam said that we were learning English at this moment.
D. Nam said that they were learning English at that moment
44. My mother drivers more carefully than my brother
A. My mother drives as carefully as my brother.
B. My mother is a more careful driver than my brother.
C. My mother always drive carefully but my brother doesn’t.
D. My brother is a more careful driver than my mother. .
12
6
45 : She usually walked to school when she was in primary school.
A. She was used to walking to school when she was in primary school.
B. She got used to walking to school when she was in primary school.
C. She used to walk to school when she was in primary school.
D. She did not usually use to walk to school when she was in primary school
* Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the best sentence that is in good order
46.It/believed/is/ that/you/be/will/pleased/your/exam result/ with/.
A. It that is believed you will be pleased with your exam result.
B .It is believed that you will be pleased with your exam result.
C. It is believed you that will be pleased with your exam result.
47. new/school/A/built/my/was/in/village/last year/.
A. A school was built in new my village last year.
B. A new school was built my village in last year.
C. A new school was built in my village last year.
48. lan/to/didn't go/ school/ last /Friday /sick/because /she/was/
A. Lan didn't go to school last Friday because she was sick.
B. Lan go didn't to school last Friday because she was sick.
C. Lan was go to school last Friday because she didn't sick
49. Vietnam/,/the/which/ in/is / Southeast Asia /, /exports/ rice/,/ coffee/ and/rubber/.
A. Vietnam which is in the Southeast Asia exports rice, coffee and rubber.
B. Vietnam, exports rice, coffee and rubber, which is in the Southeast Asia.
C. Vietnam, which is in the Southeast Asia, exports rice, coffee and rubber.
50. sister/a lot/ baby/used/when/was/my/to/younger//cry/a/she
A. My younger sister used to cry a lot when she was a baby
B. My younger sister used cry to a lot when she was a baby
C. My younger sister used to a baby when she was cry a lot

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 37
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR + LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (5,0 pts)
1. We always ________ Lunar New Year in late January or early February.
A. gather B. celebrate C. parade D. play
2. Mr. Baker wishes he ________ a car next month but he cannot. He is very poor.
A. bought B. could buy C. buy D. buys
3. Would you like ________ to my house for dinner this weekend?
A. to come B. came C. coming D. comes
4. I ________ fly a kite when I was a child.
A. use to B. used to C. be used to D. don’t use to
5. Miss Lan ________ there was a good movies that night.
A. said me B. said me that C. told me D. told to me
6. Our environment will be polluted if we ________ down the forests.
A. will cut B. cut C. would cut D. cutting
7. Mai asked me ________ on the weekend.
A. what I did B. what do I do C. what did I do D. what I do
8. They have to finish exercises before going to school, ________?
A. do they B. haven’t they C. don’t they D. don’t them
9. My teacher Susan, ________ lives in England, is four years older than me.
12
7
 A. that B. which C. who D. whom
10. If I _________ you, I wouldn’t buy this coat. It don’t fit you at all.
A. am B. were C. will be D. was
11. My father asked us ___________ too much time playing computer games.
A. not to spending B. to not spend C. not to spend D. to not spending
12. My elder sister hasn’t worn the Ao Dai _________ 10 years.
A. since B. for C. in D. when
13. ____________ love playing soccer when you were younger?
A. Did you used B. Did you use to C. Were you used to D. Do you use to
14. The camera which you bought is very different ________ mine.
A. than B. as C. from D. to
15. Neil Armstrong, who first walked ____________ the moon, lived in the USA.
A. in B. on C. at D. from
16. My grandmother used to ____________ us folktales.
A. tells B. telling C. tell D. told
17. This bicycle ____________ ten years ago.
B. made B. is made C. was made D. be made
18. If we pollute the water, _____________________.
A. We will not have no fresh water to use.
B. We would have no fresh water to use.
C. We will have no fresh water to use.
D. We would not has fresh water to use
19. What do people do for a living in your village?
A. Planting rice and raise cattle.
B. Planting water and raise cattle
C. Planting food and raise seafood.
D. Planting cattle and raise food
20. My friend ________ a new smart phone.
A. suggested that buying B. suggested to buy
C. suggested that I should buy. D. suggested that I should bought.
21. Laura: “Could you help me to carry this suitcase?”
Peter: “________________________”
A. Yes, I please B. Certainly, I’ll help you C. Well done D. of course not
22. Quang: “I passed my exam”
Son: “______________________”
A. I’m sorry B. Unlucky C. Congratulations! D. No problem
23. Mother: “I’ll post that letter for you”
Daughter: “_______________________”
A. Thanks you B. Thanks, but I can do it on the way home.
C. Congratulations! D. Well done
24. Sam: “Would you mind if I sat here?”
Van: “__________________________”
A. Yes, you would. B. Yes, go ahead C. Great D. Come on!
25. Student: “May I go out?”
Teacher: “__________________________”
A. Yes, please do B. No, of course not C. you’re welcome D. Goodbye!

II. Choose the underline part that is incorrect (1pt)

12
8
26. Mr. Brown is used to think of himself as the only president of the country.
A B C D
27. If we would have a large garden, we would plant a lot of flowers in it.
A B C D
28. Nha Trang, that has a long beach, attracts many foreign visitors.
A B C D
29. Although my sister was tired, but she helped me with my homework.
A B C D
30. Mary asked me how did I go to school every day.
A B C D
B. READING.
I. Read the passage and decide which option A, B or C the best fits each space. (1pt)
Most British people go abroad on holiday, to visit family or on short business trips. People are
(31) _____ to find how to get urgent treatment before leaving the UK. They have to get a form which
explains what they will do if they fall ill or (32) _____ an accident, and what arrangements exist in this
country for medical treatment. The regulations are fairly simple but (33) _____ people don’t have this
information; they may find that private medical care extremely expensive. It is not unusual for people
to discover that they do not have (34) _____ money with them to (35) _____ the total costs and in such
circumstances an already difficult situation becomes even more complicated.
31. A. advised B. suggested C. said D. thought
32. A. have B. happen C. take D. make
33. A. because B. whether C. as D. so
34. A. enough B. little C. few D. too
35. A. pay B. give C. spend D. get
III. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question. (1pt)
One of the most important problems in the world today is the increasing number of people. In
1968, for example, there were 3.5 billion persons in the world. By the year 2000, there may be 7 billion
people.
Every day 199,000 babies are born in the world. In China almost one half of the people is
younger than 15 years of age. In the United States about one third of the people is under 15 years of
age.
The number of people in the United States is growing daily. In 1870, there were nearly 40
million persons in the U.S. One hundred years later, in 1970, there were more than 206 million.
36. The best title for the passage is _______________________.
A. The world grows smaller. B. The world grows older.
C. The world grows larger. D. The world grows slower.
37. Which information is not given in the reading?
A. The 1968 world population.
B. The number of babies born each day
C. The 2000 world population.
D. The number of babies born in the U.S in 1870.
38. The number of people is growing daily. “Growing” here means _____________________.
A. lifting up B. going C. increasing D. decreasing
39. By the year 2000 there may be 7 billion persons. This sentence has the same meaning as
_____________.
A. 7 billion people will live in the year 2000.
B. The probable world population in the year 2000 is 7 billion persons.
C. By the year 2000 there will be 7 billion persons.
12
9
 D. There will not be 7 billion persons in the year 2000
40. The U.S population in 1970 was ______________________ times as large as that in 1870.
A. five B. four C. three D. six
C. WRITING.
I. Rewrite these sentences so as the meaning the 45. “You must return the bike by 11 o’clock
same as the sentences printed before (1pt) tomorrow” said Tom to John.
41. Lan hasn’t seen her grandparents since August. A. Tom said John that he had to return the bike by
A. The last time Lan has seen her grandparents 11 o’clock the following day.
since August. B. Tom said to John that he had to return the bike
B. The last time Lan sees her grandparents when by 11 o’clock tomorrow.
August. C. Tom said to John that he had to return the bike
C. The last time Lan saw her grandparents since by 11 o’clock the following day.
August. D. Tom said to John had to return the bike by 11
D. The last time Lan saw her grandparents was in o’clock the following day.
August. II. Choose the best sentence that can be made
42. I couldn’t afford to buy the shirt because it was from the cues given. (1,0 pt)
very expensive. 47. She/ very tired so she/ go/ bed last night.
A. The shirt was so very expensive that I couldn’t A. She was very tired so she went to bed last night.
afford to buy it. B. She was very tired so she go to bed last
B. The shirt was so expensive that I couldn’t afford night.
to buy. C. She very tired so she went to bed last night.
C. The shirt was too expensive that I couldn’t D. She was very tired so she went bed last
afford to buy it. night.
D. The shirt was so expensive that I couldn’t afford 48. She last/ watch/ TV five/ days ago.
to buy it. A. She last watches TV five days ago.
43. Doctors advise us to eat more vegetables. B. She last watching TV five days ago.
A. We are advise to eat more vegetables by C. She last watched TV five days ago.
doctors. D. She last watch TV five days ago.
B. We are advised eating more vegetables by 49. The book/ which I/ have just read/ very
doctors. interesting
C. We are advised to eat more vegetables by A. The book which I have just read are very
doctors. interesting
D. We were advised to eat more vegetables by B. The book which I have just read is very
doctors. interesting
44. I can’t give you her because I don’t know it. C. The book which I have just read very
A. If I know her telephone number, I will give it to interesting
you. D. The book which I have just read was very
B. If I knew her telephone number, I will give it to interesting
you. 50. / new bridge/ have/ built/ this area?
C. If I know her telephone number, I would give it A. A new bridge has been built in this area?
to you. B. A new bridge have been built in this
D. If I knew her telephone number, I would give it area?
to you. C. A new bridge has built in this area?
D. A new bridge has been built this area?

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 38
A. VOCABULARY + GRAMMAR + LANGUAGE FUNCTION
13
0
I. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (5,0 pts)
1. I am not very tall. I wish I _________ taller.
A. am B. was n’t C. weren’t D. were
2. The Ao dai consists _________ a long silk tunic and loose pants.
A. of B. from C. to D. for
3. My father used to _________ newspaper in the morning.
A. read B. reading C. to read D. reads
4. The children enjoy _________ with their friends through computer.
A. chat B. chatted C. to chat D. chatting
5. We have lived in this town _________ 1998.
A. for B. since C. in D. last
6. You don’t like coffee, _________?
A. don’t you B. do you C. did you D. didn’t you
7. Rice _________ in tropical countries.
A. grows B. are grew C. is grown D. growing
8. “I am cooking now” Lan said.
A. Lan said that she is cooking now. B. Lan said was cooking now.
C. Lan said she was cooking then. D. Lan said she cooked then.
9. My father has to go to work _________ it is raining hard.
A. because B. if C. so D. though
10. If I became rich, I _________ travel around the world.
A. can B. will C. would D. have to
11. Our teacher _________ that we should help the poor.
A. said B. suggest C. tells D. A & B are correct
12. He wants to buy a new motorbike, _________ it is expensive.
A. however B. therefore C. but D. and
13. The _________ of the volcano was a terrible disaster.
A. cyclone B. eruption C. shift D. erupt
14. Every year, natural _________ cause millions of dollar worth of damage.
A. events B. resources C. temperatures D. disasters
15. UFOs mean _________ flying objects.
A. unknown B. unidentified C. imaginary D. imagination
16. She looks very _________ in her new Ao dai.
A. beauty B. beautifully C. beauties D. beautiful
17. Your brother seldom goes to work late, _________?
A. did he B. does he C. doesn't he D. didn’t he
18. ________ Christmas, children enjoy singing Christmas Carol.
A. On B. At C. In D. For
19. She told me she _________ go to Ha Noi the following day.
A. had to B. will have to C. would have to D. has to
20. Where ________ you go if you have a car?
A. do B. would C. did D. will
21. Van: “Would you like to have dinner with me?”
Lan: “_______________________”
A. Good B. I’d love to. C. I’m afraid D. Thanks.
22. Mother: “Well done, Trang!”
Trang: “_______________________”
A. Good luck. B. Ok. C. Thanks. D. Good idea.
13
1
23. John: “I think we should go to school by bike instead of motorbike”
Mary: “____________________”
A. Well-done B. of course not C. thanks D. Not a bad idea.
24. Nam: “Where shall we go for a picnic?”
Trang: “____________________”
A. What about Ha Long Bay? B. By motorbike
C. Yes, let’s D. By car
25. Conan: “Shall we have a coffee now?”
Sam: “______________________”
A. You’re welcome B. No, I don’t.
C. Sorry, I can’t. I have to go now. D. No, I shan’t.
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting. (1pt)
26. Tom likes playing computer games, don’t he?
A B C D
27. Nga was sick because she didn’t go to school.
A B C D
28. If you want to get good grade, you must not work hard.
A B C D
29. She asked me what my name is.
A B C D
30. English are spoken all over the world.
A B C D
B. READING.
I. Read the following letter and choose the best option A, B, or C to complete the letter. (1pt)
Dear Mai,
I’m very (31) ________ that we’re going to be pen pals. I’ll tell you a little about me, and you can do
the same when you write to me.
I live in an area of London called Maida Vale. It’s quite near the center, but there are parks nearby
where I often take my dog, Mickey, for a walk. I live (32) __________ my parents and my younger
brother, Paul. My father works for the post office and my mother has a part-time job as a nurse. I go to
the local school, where I have a lot of friends. I like most subjects, but not all of them! In the evening I
sometimes (33) friends or stay at home and listen to music, and at weekends I like going
swimming or horse riding. At the moment I am studying very hard because I have exams soon, so I’m
spending a lot of (34) in the library.
I am looking forward to (35) from you. Write soon!
Best wishes,
Mary.
31. A. please B. pleased C. pleasing D. pleasant
32. A. in B. on C. with D. for
33. A. spend B. come C. stay D. visit
34. A. food B. time C. fun D. money
35. A. hear B. to hear C. hearing D. heard
III. Read the following passage and choose the correct answer A, B, or C. (1pt)
WHERE DO PEOPLE GET THE NEWS
Information about what has happened in the world, in our country, in our area, or even in our town
comes to us in many ways. People who can read often get their news from media. Because many people
in the world are illiterate (mù chữ), however, they get the news from television or radio.

13
2
Newspapers around the world are similar in many ways. They all have new stories that tell people
about the events of the day or week. Often, papers have other purposes that are devoted to business,
sport and maybe the latest fashion news. Papers usually appear weekly or every day, but in some places
they may only appear monthly. Magazines are another way that some people get the news. They are
longer and usually appear slower. Television and radio are two other ways of the news. They get the
news out faster than the newspapers and magazines, and they don’t have to be read. Radio and
television station broadcast the news several times each day.
36. Where do people who can read get the news?
A. They often get the news from media.
B. They often get the news from the world.
C. They often get the news from many other people.
D. They often get the news from magazine.
37. How do the illiterate get the news?
A. They often get the news from their area.
B. They often get the news from television and radio.
C. They often get the news from what they read.
D. They often get the news from other people.
38. What are the purposes of newspapers around the world?
A. They have other purposes that devoted to business.
B. They have the latest fashion show.
C. They have new stories that tell people about the event of the day or week.
D. They get the news out faster than the newspapers and magazines.
39. Which is quicker, a newspaper or a magazine?
A. A newspaper is. B. A magazine is.
C. They are both quicker. D. Not mention
40. How often do radio and television stations broadcast the news?
A. every day B. several times each day.
C. all day. D. several times each week.
C. WRITING.
I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the
sentence printed before it. (1pt)
41. You remembered to buy me a newspaper, A. It has been three months since I last written
didn’t you? to my pen pal.
A. You don’t remember to buy me a newspaper, B. It has been three months since I last wrote to
didn’t you? my pen pal.
B. You didn’t remember to buy me a newspaper, C. It is three months since I last wrote to my pen
didn’t you? pal.
C. You didn’t forget to buy me a newspaper, D. It is three months since I last have written to
didn’t you? my pen pal.
D. You didn’t forget to buy me a newspaper, did 44. Catch a taxi or you’ll be late for your flight.
you? A. If you catch a taxi, you’ll be late for your
42. They showed his photograph on television. flight.
A. His photograph is shown on television. B. If you don’t catch a taxi, you won’t be late
B. His photograph isn’t showed on television. for your flight.
C. His photograph are showed on television. C. If you catch a taxi, you’ll not be late for your
D. His photograph aren’t showed on television. flight.
43. I haven’t written to my pen pal for three D. If you catch a taxi, and you’ll be late for
months. your flight.
13
3
45. “May we use the computer now” They said C. They asked the teacher if we used the
to the teacher. computer then.
A. They asked the teacher to use the computer D. They asked the teacher not to use the
now. computer then.
B. They asked the teacher to use the computer
then.
II. Choose the best sentence that can be made from the cues given. (1,0 pt)
46. I/ wish/ I/ taller D. Although Mrs. Thoa feels tired, she helped Tuan
A. I wish I am taller. to his homework.
B. I wish I weren’t taller. 49. The water pipes may/ damaged/ the typhoon.
C. I wish I were taller. A. The water pipes may be damaged with the
D. I wish I be taller. typhoon.
47. You/ watch/ the news/ TV, / not/ you? B. The water pipes may damaged by the typhoon.
A. You watch the news on TV, don’t you? C. The water pipes may are damaged by the
B. You don’t watch the news in TV, don’t you? typhoon.
C. You watch the news at TV, don’t you? D. The water pipes may be damaged by the typhoon.
D. You watch the news TV, don’t you? 50. I/ disappointed/ people have/ spoil/ this area.
48. Although/ Mrs. Thoa/ tired, she/ helped/ Tuan/ A. I’m disappointed to people have spoiled this area.
his homework. B. I’m disappointed that people have spoil this area.
A. Although Mrs. Thoa tired, she helped Tuan for C. I’m disappointed that people have spoiled this
his homework. area.
B. Although Mrs. Thoa was tired, she helped Tuan D. I’m disappointed for people have spoiled this
with his homework. area.
C. Although Mrs. Thoa was tired, she helped Tuan
to his homework.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 39

A. GRAMMAR - VOCABUALRY & LANGUAGE FUNCTION

I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (2,0 pts)
1. It’s raining, …………. I can’t go to the beach.
A. because B. so C. but D. and
2. She suggested.……….. to the mountains for the weekend.
A. go B. to go C. going D. went
3. “I can’t find my wallet, Tom.” - “Don’t worry. I’ll help you to ………….. it.”
A. look for B. take care of C. put on D. put off
4. These students take part in charity activities in their town, …………..?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they D. didn’t they
5. The beautiful girl _______ met you at my party last week can speak English fluently.
A. whom B. which C. who D. where
6. It usually _______ my father thirty minutes to go to work every day.
A. drives B. takes C. spends D. wait
7. Malaysia ________ into two regions, known as West Malaysia and East Malaysia.
A. divides B. divided C. is divided D. serparate
8. We are really ………...... that people have spoiled this area.
A. happy B. proud C. disappointed D. exciting
9. . I wish I ........ more about the logistics of the expedition.
13
4
 A. would know B. knew C. know D. will know
10. I hope you don’t mind ______ me a lift to the library.
A. give B. gave C. giving given
11. The doctor advised my father to give up smoking. In this sentence, “give up” means ________.
A. continue B. stop C. start D. begin
12. _______ he didn’t know how to solve the problem, he asked her for help.
A.So B. Because C. Although D. However
13. The engineers ______ in that company for five years.
A. has worked B. have worked C. worked D. are working
14.Mary suggested that they...............................together.
A. went B. goes C. should go D. will go
15. Remote controls.............................interact with TV.
A. used to B. use to C. are used to D. uses to
16. Living far away from town,I can’t get.................................to the Net easily.
A. access B. work C. connect D. relation
17 I wish my mother …. what I said.
A. could hear B. can hear C. hears
18. Most of the ………………………..in the world occur in the Ring of Fine.
A. typhoons B. earthquakes C. tornadoes
19. Nobody could find the anwser, ……………………….?
A. can they B. could they C. did they
20. That stadium……………………………….five years ago.
A. was built B. is built C. will be built
II. Choose the underlined part (marked A, B, C or D) that needs correction.
21. Jane was impressed by the beauty of Hue and the friendly of the people.
A B C D
22. It’s difficult to her to have a trip abroad now.
A B C D
23. Would you like going to the cinema with me tonight?
A B C D
24. Although we are far away from each other, but we still keep in touch.
A B C D
25. I haven’t seen my grandparents since a quarter of a year.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best answer (1,0pt)
26 .A: Would you like to have dinner with us? B: _________________.
A. Yes, I would B. No, I wouldn’t like C. Yes, I’d love to D. Yes, I wouldn’t
27. Mary hasn’t got many friends here, has he?”........................................He has few friends
A. Not at all. B. No, he hasn’t C. Yes,of course D. Yes,he has

28. Luyen: Why don’t we go to the cinema now?

Thang: _________________________.
A. Will you join us? B. Yes, let’s C.I’d like it D. What play is it?
29. Tom: “ I’ve got the first prize in the IOE contest.” - Friends: “………….”
A. Thanks. B. That’s good! C. Congratulations! D. Yes, please.
30.”I suggest going to Vung Tau on the weekend.” “......................................”
A. That a fine day B. That’s a good idea
13
5
 C. That’s a trip D.That’s a reason
C. READING
I- Read the following passage and choose the best answers(1pt)
Tet is a national and .................... (31) festival in Vietnam . It is occasion for every Vietnamese to
be reunited to think .................(32) their past activities and hope for good luck in the new year.
Before Tet all houses are cleaned and ...................... (33) with colorful lights . Everybody is
looking ......................... ( 34 ) to a better life. In the new year’s eve, children are smartly dressed . They
hope to receive money put in small red envelopes as they wish longevity to ..................(35)
grandparents and parents. Wrong doings should be avoided on these days .
31. A. traditional B. modern C. compulsory
32. A. about B. with C. after
33. A. decorate B. decorating C. decorated
34. A. for B. forward C. after
35. A. his B. her C. their
II. Read the passage carefully then choose the correct answer A, B or C for each question below.
(1,0pt)
During the teenage years, many young people can at times be difficult to talk to. They often seem to
dislike being questioned. They may seem unwilling to talk about their work in school. This is a normal
development at this age, though it can be very hard for parents to understand. It is part of becoming
independent of teenagers trying to be adult while they are still growing up. Young people are usually
more willing to talk if they believe that questions are asked out of real interest and not because people
are trying to check up on them.
Parents should do their best to talk to their sons and daughters about school work and future plant but
should not push them to talk if they don’t want to. Parents should also watch for the danger signs: some
young people in trying to be adult may experiment with sex, drugs, alcohol, or smoking. Parents need
to watch for any signs of unusual behaviour which may be connected with these and get help if
necessary.
36.This passage is taken from
A. handbook for parent B. school timetable
C. teenage magazine D. book for children
37. Why do adults sometimes find teenagers difficult to talk to?
A. because most teenagers are quite
B. because teenagers don’t want to talk to other people
C. beause teenagers think adults are not honest
D. because most teenagers hate adults.
38. When can you expect young people to be more talkative than usual?
A. When people talk to them because they are really interested and not just checking on them
B. When adults give them a lot of money to spend
C. When adults talk to them about something other than their work in school.
D. When adults talk to them about sex, alcohol and drugs.
39. Some teenagers experiment with drinking bad smoking because
A. cigarettes and alcohol are available everywhere
B. cigarettes and alcohol are cheap
C. women like smoking and drinking men
D. they regard them as a mark of adulthood
40. The word BEHAVIOUR in the passage most nearly means
A. feeling B. manners C. activities D. reaction
C. WRITING
13
6
I.Choose the correct sentence which has the same meaning as the given one.
41. I’m sorry. I can’t speak English fluently.
A. I wish I can speak English fluently. B. I wish I speak English fluently.
C. I wish I could speak English fluently. D. I wish I would speak English fluently.
42. We ought to start work now.
A. It’s time we start work now. B. It’s time we started work now.
C. It’s time we will start work now. D. It’s time we can start work now.
43. This is my first visit to Japan.
A. This is the first time I have never been to Japan.
B. This is the first time I was in Japan.
C. This is the first time I have ever been to Japan.
D. I wasn’t in Japan for the first time.
44. There aren’t any buses in the streets because the drivers have gone on strike.
A. The drivers have gone on strike, so there aren’t any buses in the streets.
B. The buses make the drivers go on strike.
C. Because there aren’t any buses in the streets, the drivers have gone on strike.
D. Howerver, there aren’t any buses in the streets,the driers have gone on strike.
45. Lonnie always went swimming after school last year.
A. Lonnie always used to go swimming after school last year.
B. Lonnie used to go swimming after school last year.
C. Lonnie used to go swimming after school very always.
D. Lonnie was used to go swimming after school last year.
I. Choose the best answer from the suggested words(1,0 pt)
46. This / be / best / film / I / ever / see.
A. This was the best film I’ve ever seen. B. This is the best film I’d ever seen.
C. This is the best film I’ve ever seen. D. This is the best film I’ve saw.
47.Unless / you / study / harder / you / not / pass / exam.
A. Unless you study harder , you won’t pass the exam.
B. Unless you study harder, you don’t pass the exam.
C. Unless you study harder, you didn’t pass the exam.
D.Unless you studied harder , you won’t pass the exam.
48.Nam / spend / two / hours / do / homework / everyday.
.A .Nam spend two hours doing his homework everyday.
B. Nam spends two hours doing his homework everyday.
C. Nam spends two hours to do his homework everyday.
D. Nam is spend two hours doing his homework everyday.
49.Your / coffee / not/ good/ as /mine
A. Your coffee is not good as mine B. Your coffee is not as good than mine
C. Your coffee is not so good as mine D. Your coffee is not as better as mine
50.I / used/ read /comics / when / I / small.
A. I used to read comics when I was small.
B. I used to reading comics when I was small.
C. I used to read comics when I were small.
D. I am used to reading comics when I was small.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 40
A. GRAMMAR - VOCABUALRY & LANGUAGE FUNCTION
13
7
I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. (2,0 pts)
1. If you get up early, you_________ late.
A. weren't B. wouldn't be C. aren't D. won't be
2. That scientist never went to the party, _________?
A. did he B. did they C. didn’t he D. does he
3. People in Israel are going to celebrate their festival________ is called Passover.
A. whom B. who C. which D. where
4. Honda motorbikes________in Viet Nam.
A. produce B. will produce C. are produced D. produced
5. Because plastic bags are very hard to ________ , they will cause pollution.
A. dissolve B. wrap C. tear D. collect
6. My brother waited for her from 1 p.m. _________ 9 p.m.
A. till B. between C. at D. in
7. Did Peter use to __________ swimming every Friday when he was a student?
A. went B. goes C. going D. go
8. The workers ______ in that company for five years.
A. has worked B. have worked C. worked D. are working
9. Lan is very tired. ________, she has to finish her work before going to bed.
A. However B. Although C. So D. Therefore
10. The ________ of the volcano was a terrible disaster.
A. movement B. cyclone C. eruption D. shift
11._____ it was so cold, he went out without the coat.
A. If B. Although C. Since D. However
12. Ann suggested_____ at home at Christmas for a change.
A. stay B. to stay C. staying D. stayed
13. _____ the stove when you have finished cooking
A. Put off B. Put out C. Put on D. Put up with
th
14. Coal _____ very widely as a source of energy until the 19 century.
A. not used B. did not use C. not using D. was not used
15. Doctors _____ a cure to AIDS yet.
A. have found B. found C. haven't found D. hasn't found
16. Nobody is interested in that film so much, _________?
A. are they C. aren’t they C. is it D. isn’t it
17. His father always drives ______________, so he has never had any accidents.
A. careful B. carefully C. carelessly D.careness
18. Jean cloth_________from cotton in the 18th century.
A. made B. is made C. was made D.makes
19. He suggested_________ a taxi to be sure of getting there on time.
A. to take B. take C. taking D.to taking
20. Minh asked me what he_________do.
A. had to B. will C. can D. must
II. Choose the underlined part (marked A, B, C or D) that needs correction.
21. It was important that we should be on time at the meeting tonight.
A B C D
22. Nam is tallest student in his class.
A B C D
23. People who exercise frequently have greater physical endurance than those who doesn’t.
A B C D
13
8
24. It was such a terrible fire that the whole building were destroyed.
A B C D
25. They suggested ban the sale of alcohol at football matches.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION
I. Choose the best answer (1,0pt)
26 .A: Would you like to have lunch with us? B: _________________.
A. Yes, I would B. No, I wouldn’t like C. Yes, I’d love to D. Yes, I wouldn’t
27. You can’t possibly do it for later this afternoon, can you?
A. I’m sorry. It is impossible to finish the job.
B. If you want me to do it later.
C. No, sorry. Tomorrow morning is the earliest we can manage.
D. Yes, I can.
28. Luyen: Why don’t we go for a picnic this weekend?
Thang: _________________________.
A. What do you suggest? B. Yes, please C. That’s a good idea D. Go ahead
29. Minh: Congratulations on your passing the examination.
Viet: _________________.
A. You’re welcome B. That’s very kind of you C. No, thanks D. Yes ,please
30. ‘I passed the TOEFL test, Mom.’ ‘__________.’
a. Well done b. All right c. Good luck d. Thanks you
C. READING
I- Read the following passage and choose the best answers(1pt)
English is a very useful language. If we (1)________ English, we can go to any countries we
like. We will not find it hard to make people understand (2)_________ we want to say. English also
helps us to learn all kinds of(3)__________ . Hundreds of books are (4)________in English everyday
in (5)__________ countries. English has also helped to spread ideas and knowledge to all corners of the
world. Therefore, the English language has helped to spread better understanding and friendship among
the countries of the world.
1. A. to know B. know C. knew D. known
2. A. what B. where C. when D. how
3. A. subjects B. things C. ideas D. plans
4. A. write B. wrote C. written D. writing
5. A. much B. lot of C. many D. a lots of
II. Read the passage carefully then choose the correct answer A, B or C for each question below.
(1,0pt)
People in my city love good food and they often eat three meals a day- breakfast, lunch, and dinner.
At about six thirty in the morning, they usually have a light breakfast with a bowl of pho or eel soup
with some slices of toast. Sometimes, they have a bowl of instant noodles or a plate of xoi(sticky rice)
before going to work. Lunch often starts at about 11.30, and most of them have lunch at home. They
often have rice, fish, meat, and vegetables for lunch. Dinner often starts at about 7.00 in the evening. It
is the main meal of the day. People in my city often have rice with a lot fresh vegetables and a lot of
seafood or various kind of meat. I think food in my city is wonderful.
36.How many meals do people in Minh’s city often eat a day?
A. Two B. Three C. Four
37.What time do they usually have breakfast?
A. At 6.30 B. At 6.15 C. At 7.00
38.What do they have for lunch?
13
9
A.Rice, meat and vegetable B. Rice, fish and vegetable
C. Rice, fish, meat, and vegetables
39.What do they have for dinner?
A.The main meal B. Rice with a lot fresh vegetables and a lot of seafood or various kind of meat
C. Rice with a lot fresh vegetables
40.What do you think about food in your city?
A. wonderful B. Sour C. Spicy
C. WRITING
I.Choose the best sentence that has the closest meaning to the one provided. (1,0 pt)
41. “I am taking my driving test tomorrow.” he said.
A. He said that he is taking my driving test the next day.
B. He said that he was taking my driving test tomorrow.
C. He said that he was taking my driving test the following day.
42. I bought the desk last year. The desk has been broken.
A. The desk I bought last year has been broken.
B. The desk has been broken which I bought last year.
C. The desk I bought it last year has been broken.
43. “Where will you go this Saturday, Nga?” the little boy asked.
A. The little boy asked Nga where she will go this Saturday.
B. The little boy asked Nga where she will go that Saturday.
C. The little boy asked Nga where she would go that Saturday.
44. They will build a hospital in this area. A. A new hospital will be built in this area. B, . A new
hospital will be builded in this area.
C. A new hospital will be builded in this area.
45. She last ate this kind of food when she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
A. She hasn’t eaten this kind of food when she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
B. She hasn’t eaten this kind of food since she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
C. She hasn’t ate this kind of food since she was in Ho Chi Minh city.
II Choose the best answer from the suggested words(1,0 pt)
46.I/suggest/collect/some money.
A. I suggest collect some money . C.I suggest to collect some money
B.I suggest to collecting some money D.I suggest collecting some money
47.Two days ago/I decide/do/my washing.
A. Two days ago I decided to do my washing.
B. Two days ago I decide to do my washing.
C. Two days ago I decide doing my washing.
D. Two days ago I decide to doing my washing.
48.I/look forward/receive/reply.
A. I look forward to receive your reply. C. I look forward receive your reply.
B. I look forward to receiving your reply. D. I look forward to receive your reply.
49.If/ he/study/hard,/he/pass/exam .
A. If he study hard , he will pass the exam. C. If he studies hard , he will pass the exam.
B. If he study hard , he pass the exam. D. If he study hard , he doesn’t pass the exam.
50.I/wish/you/visit/me/now.
A. I wish you visit me now C. I wish you visited me now.
B. I wish you will visit me now D. I wish you will visit me now.

-------------------------------------------------
14
0
 ĐỀ - ĐÁP ÁN SỐ 41
A- GRAMMAR-VOCABULARY (5 pts)
I. Choose the best option A,B,C or D to complete each sentence (4pts)
1.Peter asked me …………. .
a. what time does the film start c. what time the film starts
b. what time the film started d. what time did the film start
2. What benefits does TV bring about to people life?
a. programmes b. conveniencesc. advantages d. experiences
3. She is ……….. to lift such a heavy bag.
a. not enough strong c. enough strong
b. not strong enough d. strong not enough
4. Computers ……….. to do a lot of jobs these days.
a. used to b. are using c. use d. are used
5. The town of Gouda is famous …………. its cheese.
a. on b. to c. for d. from
th
6. In the 18 century, workers loved wearing jean because it did not ………. easily.
a.wear out b. break off c. come out d.tear off
7. Never put ……….. till tomorrow what you can do today.
a. back b. over c.awayd. off
8. The teacher made him …………. up and answer his question.
a. stands b. standing c. to stand d. stand
9. If I had time, I ………… to the countryside with you this weekend.
a.would go b. will go c.went d. would have gone
10. I often have …….. before going to work every day.
a. the b. an c. a d. Ø
11. When she came to visit her aunt last night, she ………..television.
a. was watching b. is watching c. has watched d .watched
12. Baird produced the first TV picture in 1926, …………?
a.doesn’t he b. didn’t he c. wasn’t he d. hasn’t he
13. Traditionally, the aodai……….. byboth men and women.
a. frequently wore b. worn frequently
c. was frequent worn d. was frequently worn
14. I’ll go to the town tomorrow, and ……….. .
a. neither will my sister b. my sister will either
c. so will my sister d.will my sister too
15. Some English words have the same pronunciation ……… they are spelled differently, for example,
dear and deer.
a. unless b. despite c. since d. even though
16. In Viet Nam, people enjoy ………. newspaper and magazine.
a.read b.reading c. to read d. in reading
17. My mother will have a ………… holiday next month. We’ll go to NhaTrang.
a.five day’s b. five-days c. five daysd. five-day
18. The man and animals …………………….you saw on TV were from Japan.
a. which b. whoc. that d. whom
19. She lives in New York, but she ………… in Washington D.C. right now.
a. works b.is working c.has worked d. worked
20. It was really kind ………… you to help those poor people.
a. by b. at c. to d. of
14
1
II. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting.
21. The cartoon film whom I saw last night is very interesting.
A B C D
22. My father asked us not to spending too much timeplaying computer games.
A B C D
23. You’re tired although you stayed uplate watching TV last night.
A B C D
24. The car wassuchexpensive that he couldn’t buy it.
A B C D
25. They arelooking forward toseeher again.
A B C D
B. Language function. ( 1point)
26. “Make yourself at home.”“..................................................”
A. Not at all. Don’t mention it. B. Yes. Can I help you?
C. That’s very kind. Thank you. D. Thanks! Same to you.
27. “I got 8.0/9.0 for the IELTS test!” “ ................................................”
A. Good for you. Thank you. B. It’s OK. I’m proud of you.
C. You can do it.D. Well done, son! I’m very proud of you.
28.“ I don’t think I can do this.”“.................................................”
A. Oh, come on. Give it a try. B. Yeah, it’s not easy.
C. No, I hope not. D. Sure, no way!
29.“May I speak to the manager?” “.................................................”
A. He always comes late. He is not very well. B. Thank you. Good bye.
C.I’m afraid he’s not in. Can I take a message?D. I’m afraid not. He works very hard.
30. “Where will you go on vacation?” “...............................................”
A. Probably to the beach. B. The beach is nice, isn’t it?
C.Probably I won’t think of. D. I have a four-day vacation.
C. READING (2 points)
Read the following passage and decide which option A, B, C, D best fits each space
When you think of a language, you probably think of speaking and writing. There is, (31)______,
another kind of language - a sign one. It is called body language. People speak body language by the
(32)______ they sit, stand, look and walk, without saying a word.
Some body language is the (33)______ all over the world. All people smile when they're happy and
open their eyes wide when they are surprised. (34)______ body language is different in different
countries.
For example, when native English speakers talk, they stand quite close. All a friend to stand near
you, hold out your arms. If your fingers just touch the person's shoulder, you're at the (35)______ that
English speakers find comfortable.
31. A. indeed B. though C. however D. therefore
32. A. way B. action C. mode D. style
33. A. similar B. familiar C. equal D. same
34. A. Others B. Other C. The other D. The others
35. A. distance B. line C. length D. path
Read the passage, then choose the best answer
Christmas is the most important annual festival in both Britain and North America. In its origins,
it combines the Christian celebration of the birth of Christ, on 25 December, with the ancient tradition
of a winter feast during the darkest period of the year.
14
2
 On Christmas day itself there is usually a celebration with family and friends, which includes a
special Christmas meal of roast goose or turkey followed by Christmas pudding which is soaked in
brandy and set alight. The table is specially decorated, usually with Christmas crackers, containing
paper hats, riddles and other novelties. Port and nuts are often served after the meal. Other Christmas
foods are mince pies and a special Christmas cake, a fruit-cake covered in marzipan and icing. Many
people listen to the message broadcast by the Queen to people in Britain and the Commonwealth on
Christmas day. The following day is called Boxing Day. It was formally the day when servants were
given their “Christmas box”, a gift or money from their employer. Many households still give
Christmas boxes to the people who deliver their post, milk, newspapers, etc.
(Extracted from Oxford Advanced Learner’s Encyclopedic Dictionary, P156, 1992)
36. The word “feast” is closest in meaning to __________.
A. a giant monster B. a special meal C. a big person D. a huge castle
37. In its origin, Christmas is held to celebrate ________________.
A. the birth of Christ B. the ancient tradition of a winter feast
C. December D. the birth of Christ and the ancient tradition of a winter feast
38. On Christmas day, the table is usually decorated with _________.
A. port and nuts B. roast goose or turkey, Christmas pudding
C. Christmas crackers D. mince pies and a special Christmas cake
39. On Christmas Day, who delivers the message to people in Britain and the Commonwealth?
A. Servants B. The Queen D. Employers D. Christ
40. When is the Boxing Day?
A. On 25 December B. On Christmas Eve
th
C. On 26 December D. On Christmas Day
D. Writing (2 points)
I. Mark the letter A, B, or C on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning
to each of the following questions.
41. “You should finish the report by 10 a.m.” A. You will get cold unless you put your coat
John told his secretary. on
A. John asked his secretary to finish the report B. You will get cold if you put your coat on
by 10 a.m.” . C. You won’t get cold unless you put your coat
B. John said that his secretary had finished the on
report by 10 a.m.” . D. If you didn’t put your coat on, you would get
C. John told his secretary of finishing the report cold
by 10 a.m.” . 44. He last had his eyes tested ten months
D. John advised his secretary to finish the report ago.
by 10 a.m.” . A. He had tested his eyes since ten months.
42. The children couldn’t go swimming B. He has not tested his eyes for ten months.
because the sea was too rough. C. He hasn’t had his eyes tested for ten
A. The children were not calm enough to swim months.
in the sea. D. He didn’t have any test on his eyes in ten
B. The sea was rough enough for the children to months.
swim in. 45. The man is the secretary. You have just
C. The sea was too rough for the children to spoken to him.
swim in. A. The man whom you have just spoken is the
D. The sea was too rough to the children’s secretary.
swimming. B. The man to whom you have just spoken is
43. Put your coat on, or you will get cold. the secretary.

14
3
C.The man who you have just spoken is the A. When my father came back, I did my
secretary. homework
D. The man whose you have just spoken is the B. When my father was coming back, I did my
secretary. homework
46. I/ not/ meet/ grandparents/ for five years. C. When my father came back, I was doing my
A. I haven’t met my grandparents for five homework
years. D. When my father comes back, I am doing my
B. I didn’t meet my grandparents for five years. homework
C. I haven’t met my grandparents for five years 49. Jone/ seldom/ go to school/ late/, he?
ago. A. Jone seldom goes to schook late, doesn’t he?
D. I didn’t meet my grandparents for five years B. Jone seldom goes to schook late, does he?
ago. C. Jone seldom goes to schook late, isn’t he?
47. My brother/ wish/ he/ be/ astronaut/ the D. Jone seldom goes to schook late, is he?
future. 50. Peter/ suggest/ go/ the seaside/ summer
A. My brother wishes he will be an astronaut in holiday.
the future A. Peter suggest going to the seaside this
B. My brother wishes he will be a astronaut in summer holiday.
the future B. Peter suggest to go to the seaside this
C. My brother wishes he would be an astronaut summer holiday.
in the future C. Peter suggests going to the seaside this
D. My brother wish he would be an astronaut in summer holiday.
the future D. Peter suggests to go to the seaside this
48. When/ my farther/ come back,/ I/ do/ summer
homework

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 42
I. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete each sentence. (3.0 points)
1. Solar energy ________ to protect the environment.
A. will use B. will be used C. uses D. using
2. She often goes to the ................ to pray because her religion is Islam.
A. church B. mosque C. temple D. museum
3. There are many ________ parks in Hanoi.
A. beautify B. beautiful C. beauty D. beautify
4. What ______ if you had a lot of money?
A. did you do B. would you do C. will you do D. can you do
5. Would you mind ________ Florence for a favor?
A. ask B. to ask C. asking D. asked
6. The girl danced ________ into the room.
A. happiness B. happily C. happy D. unhappy
7. When I saw him, he ____________ asleep in a chair.
A. was sitting B. is sitting C. will sit D. sat
8. Everyone has read the lasted news on the website, ________?
A. hasn’t he B. haven’t they C. don’t they. D. didn’t they
9. The book will___________you 80 thousand dong
A. price B. cost C. worth D. spend
10.They ______________ in that company for five years.
A. work B. have worked C. worked D. had worked
14
4
11.My father suggests ________a trip to the countryside on Saturday.
A. to have B. had C. having D. has
12.She can’t go to the party because she will have to _____________her little sister.
A. look up B. look for C. look after D. look at
13.The report _________that thousands of people had seen UFOs.
A. warned B. suggested C. claimed D. told
14._________it was raining heavily, we went out without a raincoat.
A. In spite of B. Although C. However D. Despite
15. That is the man _______ helped me last week.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. which
16. The doctor_________me not to stay up too late at night.
A. advised B. suggested C. insisted D. forced
17. Tomorrow we'll go to Noi Bai Airport to meet Maryam, _________comes from Malaysia.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
18. His house looks very large and beautiful. It is _________house.
A. a seven-room B. a seven-rooms C. seven room D. seven rooms
19. It's very hot today. I wish I_________on the beach now.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
20. When he lived in the city, he_________to the theater twice a week.
A. uses to go B. has gone C. used to go D. was going

II. Choose the underlined words or phrases that need correcting. (1.0 point)
21. Eating well and sleep enough will make you feel healthier.
A B C D
22. I work at the farm where grows apples and pears.
A B C D
23. My friend asked me when was I going to visit my grandparents
A B C D
24. I used to stayed on a farm with my grandparents when I was a child .
A B C D
25. I suggested that you taking his advice to treat your cough.
A B C D

III Choose the option A, B, C or D which best completes or responds to each sentence.

26. “ Merry Christmas!” - “_________”

A. You’re so kind B. The same to you
C. I’m glad to hear that D. thank you
27. “ Congratulations to you on winning the first prize.” – “__________”
A. You’re welcome B. It’s my pleasure
C. Thanks a lot D. yes, of course
28. “ May I borrow your calculator?” – “ ____________”
A. That’s a good idea B. Sure. Here you are.
C. It doesn’t matter D. You’re welcome
29. - Why don't we eat out in a restaurant tonight? “_________.”
A. That's a good idea B. I hope so
C. What a pity D. Yes, I’d love to
30. "Thank you very much for your help." "____________."
14
5
 A. It's quite OK B. I'd love to
C. You're welcome D. No, I don’t want to
IV - Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions .
I went to Australia on a student program last year and I like to (31)_______you about it. I was
very (32)_______when I knew I was going to Australia because I had never been there before. I didn’t
think about the problems of speaking English (33)_______I met my host family. At first I couldn’t
communicate with them because my English was so bad. All the five years I had been learning English
wasn’t much used at all (34)_______we didn’t have real practice at school. Even though my grammar
was good, my pronunciation wasn’t. My problem is (35)_______ ‘l’ and ‘r’. For example, Australian
people often asked “What do you eat in Vietnam?” I wanted to tell them that we eat rice, but they didn’t
understand when I said “We eat lice”…
31. A. say B. tell C. talk D. speak
32. A. exciting B. excites C. excited D. excite
33. A. after B. until C. when D. while
34. A. although B. even C. because D. so
35. A. pronouncing B. speaking C. reading D. telling
V - Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions
Solar energy is a long lasting source of energy, and it can (36)________almost anywhere. To
generate solar energy, we only need solar cells and (37)________! Solar cells can easily be installed on
house (38)________, so we don’t need any new space. Compared to other renewable sources, they also
possess many advantages: wind and water power rely on turbines which (39)________noisy, expensive
and which take up large space. Solar cells are totally silent and (40)________. As they have no moving
parts, they require little maintenance and have a long lifetime.
36. A. be used B. is used C. be using D. to be used
37. A. the earth B. the planet C. the sun D. the moon
38. A. yards B. roofs C. gardens D. doors
39. A. is B. be C. are D. was
40. A. polluted B. polluting C. non-polluted D.non-polluting

VI - Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one. (0,4)
41. “Do you know Long’s address?” he asked me.
A. He asked me for Long’s address. B. He asked me if someone knew Long’s address.
C. He asked me if I know Long’s address. D. He asked me if I knew Long’s address.
42. They are building a new bridge over the river.
A. A new bridge is building over the river. B. A new bridge is being built over the river.
C. A new bridge is going to build over the river. D. A new bridge is built over the river.
43. I used to go to the cinema on Sundays.
A. I usually went to the cinema on Sundays. B. I got used to going the cinema on Sundays.
C. I didn’t go to the cinema on Sundays. D. I usually go to the cinema on Sundays.
44. You feel unhealthy because you don’t take any exercise.
A. If you don’t take any exercise, you will feel unhealthy.
B. If you took more exercise, you would feel healthier.
C. If you take more exercise, you will feel healthier.
D. If you were healthier, you would take more exercise.
45. Unless we protect the environment, our life will be badly affected.
A. If we protect the environment, our life will be badly affected.
B. If we don’t protect the environment, our life will be badly affected.
C. If we don’t protect the environment, our life won’t be badly affected.
14
6
 D. If our life is badly affected, we will protect the environment.
VII/ Choose the best answer A, B,C or D
46. air / be/ also/ pollute
A. The air was also pollute
B. The air are also pollute
C. The air is also pollute
D. The air is also pollution
47. I/ glad/ you/ can /come.
A. I am glad that you could come
B. I am glad that you can come
C. I am glad you can come
D. I am glad that you come
48. I/ tired/ because/ I/ stay up/ late/ watching/ TV
A. I’m tired because I stayed up late watching TV
B. I’m tired because I stay up late watching TV
C. I’m tired becáue I stayed up late watch TV
D. I was tired because I stayed up late watching TV
49. Internet/ be/ invention/ wonderful/ modern life
A. Internet is wonderful invention of modern life
B. Internet is a wonderful invention of modern life
C. Internet is the wonderful invention the modern life
D. Internet is a wonderful invention of life
50.My grandpa I recover / quickly / his serious illness
A.My grandpa was recovered very quickly from his serious illness.
B.My grandpa has recovered quite quickly from his serious illness.
C. My grandpa will recover quite quickly after his serious illness.
D. My grandpa recovered more quickly over his serious illness.

-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 43
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. She asked me where I _______ from.
A. come B. came C. to come D. coming
2._________ John’s mother’s birthday, he made her a big cake.
A. In B.X C. At D. On
3. She will get good marks if she _________ hard
A. studies B. studied C. study D. studying
4. My mum ________ to her hometown recently.
A. didn’t return B doesn’t return C. hasn’t returned D. returned
5. You should avoid ________ chocolate if you want to keep fit.
A. to eat B.eat C. eating D.ate
6. After he __________ his homework, he went to bed.
A. finishes B. finished C. has finished D. had finished
7. If she ________ harder, she ________ get higher marks.
A. worked/ will B. works/ would C. worked/ could D. worked/ can
8. You have read this article on the website, __________?
A. haven"t you B. do you C. have you D. did you
14
7
9. My brother doesn’t have an Iphone. He wishes he________ one.
A. has B. have C. had D. will have
10. Lan got up late, __________ she couldn’t catch the first bus.
A. as B. so C. when D. then
11. She suggested __________ to the beach for a change.
A. go B. to go C. going D. goes
12.The earthworm is a worm _______in moist, warm soil in many geographical areas.
A. where is it found B. is found C. and found it D. which is found
13.Our flight from Amsterdam to London was delayed the heavy fog.
A. as a result B. on account C. instead of D. due to
14. It is_______ to translate each lesson into your language. This is not a good way to study English.
A. productive B. unproductive C. producing D. unproducing
15. A good clock always keeps_______ time.
A. certain B. accurate C. trueD. serious
16. It seems that the world record for this event is almost impossible to_______.
A. meet B. compare C. beat D. balance
17. The soldier was punished for_______ to obey his commanding officer's order.
A. refusing B. regretting C. objecting D. resisting
18. It is believed that she'll be a billionaire by the time she_______ forty.
A. is B. wasC. will be D. would be
19. Some of the passengers spoke to reporters about their_______ in the burning bus.
A. occasion B. happening C. event D. experience
20. _______the rise in unemployment, people still seem to be spending more.
A. Nevertheless B. Meanwhile C. Despite D. Although
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
21.Now that the stress of examinations are over, we can go somewhere for our holiday.
A B C D
22.The English summer course will start in May 29th and finish in August.
A BC D
23. I sometimes wish that I will have another car.
A B C D
24. Your friends went to your native village last weekend, weren’t they?
A B C D
25. I asked him how far was it to the station if I went there by taxi.
A B C D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of the
following exchanges.
26. - “I think you've taken my bag by mistake.” - “_______”
A. What a shame! B. Pardon? C. I'm so sorry. D. Have I?
27. - “May I have something to drink, please?” - “_______”
A. Yes, of course. Help yourself. B. Of course you may.
C. Why do you have to ask? D. You must help others too.
28. Nam: I’ve just finished my painting. Look! Tam: “_________ “
A. How cool! B. I wish I could do it
C. Wow, I can’t imagine that. D. Sure
29. Jane: “Congratulation! You have got high marks in the last term.” Mary:“_________”
A. Really? Never say so. B. I’d love to say so.
14
8
 C. It is kind of you to say so. D. You’re welcome.
30. Anne: "I think that's worth celebrating. Don't you agree, Charlie?"
Charlie: " __________ "
A. Yes, I do actually. B. No, I agree.
C. Nevermind. D. Yes, I think so.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Over the last century, there have been many significant changes in the way we live. Obviously, it
is difficult to (31)………..the life of ancient people and the life of the people living in the twenty- first
century because so many changes have occurred Even the changes that have (32)………. over the last
ten years are amazing.
People in the past were not (33)………… to travel so long distance within such a short period of
time. Nowadays, we have become very mobile. We have fast and comfortable cars. (34) …………. ,
more and more people travel by plane. Moreover, in the past people had to work harder as they did not
have (35)……… and machine to make their work easier.
31. A. compare B. suppose C. predict D. discuss
32. A. considered B. expressed C. occurred D. arranged
33. A. capable B. able C. might D. use
34. A.In addition B. Additionally C. Another D. A & B are correct
35. A. rules B. ideas C. tools D. teams
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Package holidays, covering a two weeks" stay in an attractive location are increasingly popular,
because they offer an inclusive price with few extras. Once you get to the airport, it is up to the tour
operator to see that you get safely to your destination. Excursions, local entertainment, swimming,
sunbathing, skiing - you name it - it"s all laid on for you. There is, in fact, no reason for you to bother
anything yourselves. You make friends and have a good time, but there is very little chance that you
will really get to know the local people. This is even less likely on a coach tour, when you spend almost
your entire time travelling. Of course, there are carefully scheduled stops for you to visit historic
buildings and monuments, but you will probably be allowed only a brief stay overnight in some famous
city, with a polite reminder to be up and breakfasted early in time for the coach next morning. You may
visit the beautiful, the historic, the ancient, but time is always at your elbow. There is also the added
disadvantage of being obliged to spend your holiday with a group of people you have never met before,
may not like and have no reasonable excuse for getting away from. As against this, it can be argued that
for many people, particularly the lonely or elderly, the feeling of belonging to a group, although for a
short period on holiday, is an added bonus. They can sit safely back in their seat and watch the world
go by.
36. In spite of its disadvantages, spending a holiday with a group is particularly good
for …………
A. schoolboys and schoolgirls B. the lonely or elderly people
C. newly married young couples D. those who always travel by themselves
37. "Time is always at your elbow." This means ………………………………
A.your time always is limited when visiting a place
B. your time is always limited when visiting a place
C. you can take your time visiting a place
D. you can take your time visiting a place
38. When you go on a package holiday, you don"t have to………………………….
A. arrange anything yourself B. pay for any extra activities
14
9
C. follow the tour schedules D. travel in an organised group
39. There is also the added disadvantage ………………
A. of being obliged to spend your life with a group of people
B. a member that have never met before.
C. can be argued that for many people, particularly the lonely or elderly, the feeling of belonging to a
group
D. of being obliged to spend your holiday with a group of people you have never met before
40. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. A coach tour is always exhausting.
B. You are constantly on the move when you are on a coach tour.
C. You get no chance to visit historic buildings in famous cities on a coach tour.
D. You don"t get enough sleep on a coach tour.
Mark letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning
to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
41. Study hard or you will fail the exam.
A. You don’t fail the exam unless you study har
B. If you don’t study hard, you will fail the exam.
C. You don’t study hard, so you will fail the exam.
D. Because you study hard, you don’t fail the exam.
42. My school has no playground equipment or extra activities.
A. I wish my school had had playground equipment or extra activities.
B. I wish my school had playground equipment or extra activities.
C. I wish my school can have playground equipment or extra activities.
D. I wish my school will have playground equipment or extra activities.
43. Children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family. We are pleased about
that.
A. We are pleased about children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
B. We are pleased that children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
C. We are pleased that children allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
D. We are pleased for children to be allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
44. Although his leg was broken, he managed to get out of the car.
A. In spite his broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
B. In spite of his broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
C. In spite his leg broken, he managed to get out of the car.
D. In spite of his leg was broken, he managed to get out of the car.
45. They reported that the troops were coming.
A. It had been reported that the troops were coming.
B. It was being reported that the troops were coming.
C. It was reported that the troops to be coming.
D. It was reported that the troops were coming.
Mark letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning
to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
46. it/ necessary/ us/ think/ about/ this matter.
A. It’s for us to think about this matter carefully necessary.
B. To think about this matter carefully it necessary for us.
C. For us to think about this matter it’s necessary.
D. It’s necessary for us to think about this matter carefully.
47. I/ can not/ remember/ name/person/ whom/ gave / money.
15
0
A. I can’t remembe the name of the person to whom I gave the money.
B. I gave the money whom the name of the person I can’t remember.
C. I can’t remember the name of the person whom I gave the money.
D. I can’t remember the name of person to whom I gave the money.
48. It/ think/ / chemicals/ convey/ information/ brain.
A. It been thought that chemicals convey information to the brain.
B. It has been thought that chemicals convey informaton to the brain.
C. It has been thought chemicals convey information to the brain.
D. It has thought that chemicals convey information to the brain.
49. the harm of smoking/ question/ not/ entirely settled.
A. The harm of smoking is a question that has not entirely been settled.
B. The harm of smoking have questions that entirely not been settled.
C. The harm of smoking is a question that has not entirely settled.
D. The harm of smoking being a question that has not entirely been settled.
50. spring/ nature/ awaken/ long/ winter sleep.
A. At spring, nature awakens from her long winter sleep.
B. In spring, nature awakens from her long winter sleep.
C. On spring, nature awakens by her long winter sleep.
D. In spiring, nature awakens by her long winter sleep.
-------------------------------------------------
ĐỀ SỐ 44
A. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY
I. Choose the word, phrase or expression that best completes each sentence below
1. I wish I _________ a bird. If so, I would fly around the world.
A. were B. am C. have been D. had
2. Last year, about 2,500 cars _________ in this factory.
A. were made B. were making C. was made are made
3. “It’s expensive to go there by taxi. I suggest _________ a bus,” the monitor said.
A. to take B. taking C. to taking D. took
4. Tom is not used to_______ up early. He is late for school very often.
A. get B. got C. getting D. gets
5 : My room _________ since I came back from London.
A. has been repainted B. has repainted
C. was repainted D. have been repainted
6 : Last night when I ________ my homework, the lights _________ out.
A. was doing - go B. did - went C. was doing - went D. do – go

7. Mrs. Thomson asked her son where _________ the next day.
A. would he go B. he will go C. he would go D. he went
8. Mrs. Johnson put salt into the bowl of sugar by mistake,_________?
A. doesn’t she B. did she C. didn’t she D. does she
9. “Honey, the weather is very bad today. You should drive _________,” Henry said to his wife.
A. careful B. carefully C. carelessly D careless
10. The boy _________ at the party last night was very friendly.
A. he spoke to Lily B. to whom Lily spoke C. to who Lily spoke D. Whom whom Lily spoke
11. _________ the exercise was easy, Little John could do it in a short time.
A. Therefore B. Even though C. Because D. because of
12. Typhoons, hurricanes, cyclones and ________ are different words for the same natural disaster.
15
1
A. tropical storms B. earthquakes C. tornadoes D. tsunami
13. “It is rather hot here. Could you please _________ the fans, Trang?” the teacher said with a smile.
A. take after B. turn off C. turn on D. turn down
14. The _________ of Mount Pinatubo, a volcano, in the Philippines in 1991 killed hundreds of people.
A. shift B. eruption C. explosion D. height
15. We spent an enjoyable evening boating in the river
A. Pleasant B. Boring C. Comfortable D. uninteresting
16. Linda did not feel well, so her teacher gave her _________ to do than her classmates.
A. fewer work B. less work C. least work D. more work
17. People have _________ this beach with a lot of trash.
A. cleaned B. collected C. spoiled D. pollution
18: I'll give you another hour to.........up your mind.
A. give B. go C. make D. take
19 : I remember_________to the city by my parents when I was young.
A. being taken B. to take C. taking D. took
20. The girl_________ near the window is my sister.
A. is standing B. stood C. standing D. to stand
II - Identify the underlined word/ phrase (A or B, C, D) that needs correcting to become an exact
one.
1. If tomorrow it will rain, the match will be postponed
A B C D
2. My sister wishes she could sing beautiful
A B C D
3. Children are fond with swimming in summer.
A B C D
4.Would you like me helping you with your homework?
A B C D
5. I think I prefer country life more than city life.
A B C D
B. LANGUAGE FUNCTION
1. Mike “ Would you like to have dinner with me ?”.
Jane : “__________”
A. Yes, I’d love to B. Yes , so do I C. I’m very happy . D Yes , I like
2. Tony: “Mum, I’ve got the highest score in the musical contest.”Mrs. Brown: “_________”
A. No problem. B. What a pity! C. Congratulations! D. Good luck
3. Quang: “Shall we go out for some coffee tonight?” Minh: “_________.”
A. That’s right. I amB. Don’t mention it C. That’s a good idea D. Really
4. Mrs Joana: “Give my best regards to your parents!”
Tom: “- _________________”
A. It’s nice of you to say soB. You’re welcome
C. I’m glad to hear that D. Thanks. I will
5. Beckham: “Would you mind if I moved this wardrobe?”
Cherry: “_______________________”
A. No, I wouldn’t B. I don’t want C. Not at all D. I’d rather you didn’t
C. READING
I. Read the following passage, then Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following passage
Singapore is an island city of about three million people. It’s a beautiful (1) ____ with lots of parks
and open spaces. It’s also a very clean city.
15
2
Most of the people live in high-rise flats in different parts of the island. The business district is very
modern with (2) ____ of high new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice older sections. In
China town, there are rows of old shop houses. The Government buildings in Singapore are very (3)
____ and date from the colonial days.
Singapore is famous (4) ____ its shops and restaurants. There are many good shopping centers. Most of
the goods are duty free. Singapore’s restaurants (5) ____ Chinese, Indian, Malay and European food,
and the price are quite reasonable.
1. A. city B. town C. district D. Country
2. A. lot B. lots C. many D. a lots
3 A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D beautify
4. A. in B. on C. For D. at
5. A. sell B. selling C. sells to sell
II. Read the following passage then choose the best answer A, B or C (1PTS)
I was born in Ha Noi, the capital of Viet Nam. Ha Noi is famous for its natural beauty, with lots of
rivers and lakes. There are many historical places to visit in Ha Noi. The Literature Temple (Van
Mieu – Quoc Tu Giam) is the country’s first ever historical university. Teenagers often come here
to pray for high results in their upcoming examinations. As Viet Nam is a Buddhism-oriented
nation, its capital has also been the centre of Buddhism for centuries. In Ha Noi alone, there are
about 600 temples and pagodas. It also has a big church in the city centre, a popular place for the
few Christians living here. With a population of nearly eight million, the city is quite crowded.
However, the public transportation is not adequate, so visitors find it hard to safely cross the roads.
The city is packed with universities and enterprises ( xí nghiệp ) , making it the top destination for
higher education students and labour workers. Many people from rural areas reside in Ha Noi so that
they can get well paid jobs. This makes the city become more crowded than ever before.
1. What is the passage about?
A. a city B. changes in a city C. a city in the past
2. What does 'pray for' means?
A. pass B. like C. wish
3. What is the most popular religion in Ha Noi?
A. Buddhism B. Christianity C. both A and B
4. What does 'adequate' mean?
A. much B. abundant C. satisfactory
5. Which among this is NOT mentioned about Hà Nội?
A. natural features B. nightlife C. infrastructure
D . WRITING
I. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to the given
ones
1. What a pity ! The weather is very cold D. She and I met 10 years ago.
today. 3. "Do you know Trang's address?" he asked
A.I wish the weather is not very cold today. me.
B.I wish the weather were not very cold today. A. He asked me for Trang's address
A.I wish the weather were very cold today. B. He asked me if someone knew Trang's
A.I wish the weather did not very cold today. address.
2. I last saw her 10 years ago. C. He asked me if I know Trang's address.
A. I haven't seen her since 10 years ago. D. He asked me if I knew Trang's address
B. I haven't seen her for 10 years. 4:They will build a new school next month.
C. I saw her the last time for 10 years. A. A new school will build next month by them.
15
3
B. A new school will built next month by them. 5. I don’t have a map, so I can’t show you
C.A new school will be built next month by the way.
them. A. If I have a map, I can show the way
D.A new school willnot be built next month by A. If I had a map, I can show the way
them. A. If I had a map, I could show the way
A. If I have had a map, I can show the way
II. Choose the best answer using the given words
6. I / suggest / you / eat / less / meat
A . I suggest that you should eat less meat
B . I suggest eating less meat
C. I suggest to eat less meat
D. A . I suggest that you should to eat less meat
7. He / never / see / this kind / film / before
A. He has never see this kind of film before
B He never has seen this kind of film before
C He hasn’t never seen this kind of film before
D He has never seen this kind of film before
8. If / I / be / her / I / not / behave / like / that
A If I were her , I will not behave like that
B If I am her , I wouldn’t behave like that
C If I were her , I wouldn’t behave like that
D If I would be her , I wouldn’t behave like
that
9. I /look forward / start/ work / you /
A. I look forward to starting to work with you
B. I look forward to start to work with you
C. I look forward to starting to working with
you
D. I am look forward to starting to work with
you
10. She / be anxious / find / good school /
children / attend.
A She is anxious to find a good school for her
children attend.
B She is anxious finding a good school for her
children to attend.
C .She is anxious to find a good school for her
children to attend.
D She is anxious to find the good school for her
children to attend.

15
4